Br 08 English

Drawn up in pursuance of sections 3, 5, 16(3)-(4), 21(1), 28(1) and 30(2) of the Danish Building Act; see Consolidating Act no. 452 of

24 June 1998.

Building Regulations

The Danish Ministry of Economic and Business AffairsDanish Enterprise and Construction Authority

Copenhagen 12. of December 2007

Building Regulations© 2008 Set in Times New Roman 10/12Printed in DenmarkISBN 978-87-91769-32-0

Translation: Kurir Sprogservice ApS

These Building Regulations have been drawn up and translated in good faith with every endeavour

to ensure the accuracy of the contents. However, users apply these regulations at their own risk and

the editor shall not be liable for damages of any kind which may derive from errors in or omissions

from this document.

Contents 3

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1. Administrative provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.2 Limitations of the scope of the Building Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.3 Application for a building permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121.4 Building permit application documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141.5 Building permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181.6 Completion notice and occupancy permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191.7 Building works subject to service of a building notice

before commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.8 Preliminary dialogue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251.9 Building works exempt from a building permit or notice . . . . . . . . . 251.10 Buildings that may be demolished without permission or notice. . . . 271.11 Relationship with other legislation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271.12 Temporary use of an adjoining plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281.13 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291.14 Exemption etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301.15 Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311.16 Sanctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311.17 Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

2. Building control provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.1.1 General criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352.2 Size of plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362.3 Separation distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372.4 Height and number of storeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372.5 Floor area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.6 Unbuilt areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6.1 Recreation areas for the buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6.2 Parking areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2.6.3 Pedestrian and vehicular access areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402.7 Building right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.7.1 Plot ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.7.2 Number of storeys and heights in general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 2.7.3 Detached single-family houses and two-family houses. . . . 42 2.7.4 Holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas . . . . . 43 2.7.5 Size of plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Con-tents

Contents 4

2.7.6 Garages, carports, outbuildings and similar ancillary buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

2.7.7 Small buildings of no more than 10 m² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 2.7.8 Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings . . . . . . . . 46 2.7.9 Plots in exceptional locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

3. Design, layout and fi tting out of buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483.2 Access/Accessibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 3.2.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 3.2.2 Shared access routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 3.2.3 Guarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533.3 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3.3.1 Design, layout and fi tting out of dwellings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3.3.2 Bathrooms and lavatories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3.3.3 Door widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 3.3.4 Corridor widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573.4 Buildings other than domestic buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 3.4.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 3.4.2 Working areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 3.4.3 Dining areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3.4.4 Lavatories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 3.4.5 Shower/Bathrooms and changing rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633.5 Hotels etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4. Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664.2 Design of structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674.3 Glazed panels, glass surfaces and structural glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734.4 Playground equipment etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744.5 Accessible layout of user-operated installations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744.6 Moisture and durability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744.7 Building sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

5. Fire safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 5.1.1 Usage categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795.2 Escape routes and rescue provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815.3 Structural factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Contents 5

5.4 Fire safety installations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855.5 Spread of fi re and smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 5.5.1 Spread of fi re and smoke in the room where the fi re starts . 91 5.5.2 Spread of fi re and smoke in the building where the fi re

starts or to other buildings on the same plot . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 5.5.3 Spread of fi re to buildings on other plots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935.6 Emergency services access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 5.6.1 Access and facilities for the emergency services. . . . . . . . . 93 5.6.2 Smoke venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

6. Indoor climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956.2 Thermal indoor climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966.3 Air quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 6.3.1 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 6.3.2 Pollutants from building materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 6.3.3 Other pollutants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046.4 Acoustic indoor climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.4.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.4.2 Residential and similar buildings used for overnight

accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 6.4.3 Buildings other than residential buildings etc.. . . . . . . . . . 1086.5 Light conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 6.5.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 6.5.2 Daylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 6.5.3 Electric lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

7. Energy consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167.2 Energy performance frameworks for new buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 7.2.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 7.2.2 Energy performance frameworks for dwellings, student

accommodation, hotels etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 7.2.3 Energy performance frameworks for offi ces, schools,

institutions etc. not covered by 7.2.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 7.2.4 Low energy buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207.3 Change of use and extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 7.3.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 7.3.2 Thermal insulation of building elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 7.3.3 Heat loss framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Contents 6

7.4 Conversion and other signifi cant alterations to the building and replacement of boilers etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

7.4.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 7.4.2 Major conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 7.4.3 Individual measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267.5 Minimum thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287.6 Holiday homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8. Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318.2 Distribution systems for heating, cooling and domestic hot water. . 1348.3 Ventilation systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358.4 Water and drainage systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 8.4.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 8.4.2 Plumbing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 8.4.3 Drainage systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438.5 Heating appliances and chimneys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 8.5.1 Heating appliances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 8.5.2 Connection to chimneys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 8.5.3 Chimneys/exhaust systems and fl ue pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1518.6 Solar heating systems, solar cell arrays, cooling systems and heat

pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 8.6.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 8.6.2 Solar heating systems and solar cell arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 8.6.3 Heat pumps and cooling systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1558.7 Waste disposal facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1568.8. Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Appendix 1: Calculation rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Appendix 2: Executive Order on the Conditions at Permanent Places of Work issued by the Danish Ministry of Labour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Appendix 3: Accreditation scheme for structural engineers (see Part 4) . . 177

Appendix 4: Structural documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Contents 7

Appendix 5: Examples of compliance with fi re safety regulations in single-family houses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Appendix 6: Calculation of energy demand of buildings (see Part 7) . . . . 196

Appendix 7: Certifi cation system 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Introduction 9Introduction 9

Introduction

The Building Regulations (“BR08”) are divided into two columns. The column on the left contains the legal requirements, i.e. the legally binding regulations, and the column on the right contains guideline sketches and comments on the legal requirements. Drawings in the guidance are only to be taken as exam-ples.

The SBi (Danish Building Research Institute) Guidelines 216 on Building Regulations 2008 are linked to BR08 as a tab in each chapter and can be used as an aid to interpreting the requirements of the Building Regulations. The guidelines refer to inter alia to standards, instructions and other background material which provides more detailed information. A hard copy version of the SBi guidelines can also be purchased from the SBi.

Articles 28 and 30 of the treaty establishing the European Community, the agreement establishing the European Economic Area and decision no. 95/1/EU of the EU-Turkey Association Council stipulate that all building materials legally produced and marketed in other EU member states or in Turkey; or legally produced in EFTA countries which have signed the agreement establish-ing the European Economic Area; and which comply with technical standards or specifi cations which are on a par with such Danish standards as have been included in the Building Regulations, shall be deemed to comply with the provisions of these regulations and may be marketed in Denmark.

The draft technical provisions of BR08 have been notifi ed under European Par-liament and Council Directive 98/34/EC (the Information Procedure Directive) as most recently amended by Directive 98/48/EC.

In-tro-

1. Administrative provisions 10

1. Administrative provisions

1.1 General1.1(1) These Building Regulations apply to all buildings unless otherwise provided by 1.2.

1.1(2) The Building Regulations apply to the building works listed in section 2 of the Building Act.

1.2 Limitations of the scope of the Building Regulations1.2(1) These Building Regulations do not apply to:

1) Bridges, tunnels and other structures or erections for traffi c purposes built or approved by the highways, railway or other authorities or companies with statutory responsibility for the con-struction works, and temporary struc-tures and installations necessary for the completion of the construction works.

2) Power supply pylons, ordinary masts for electrical installations, including street lighting, road illumination and

(1.1(1)) The main scope of the Building Regulations is multi-storey domestic build-ings and all forms of industrial, commercial and institutional buildings, including the building categories listed in section 11 of the Building Act; single-family houses for permanent habitation, either detached one-family houses or wholly or partially joined houses (semi-detached, terraced, linked or cluster houses etc.); holiday homes in des-ignated “summer house” areas, allotment sheds, campsite cabins, garages, outbuild-ings and other so-called ancillary build-ings.

(1.1(2)) Section 2 of the Building Act deals with the erection of new buildings, exten-sions to buildings, conversion of and any other alterations to buildings and any sig-nifi cant change of use of buildings as pro-vided for in the Building Act or the Building Regulations; and with the demolition of buildings. The Building Act also covers mines and similar structures or erections to which the public has access.

(1.2(1)) These structures, erections etc. may be built and demolished without per-mission or notice. The Building Regulations contain no special provisions in respect of these structures, erections etc. The limita-tions are defi ned in sections 3 and 16(4) of the Building Act.


masts for the overhead cable systems of public electric railways.

3) Bus shelters etc.

4) Substations and roadside junction boxes for the transmission of electri-city, metering and pressure regulating stations for the transmission of gas; pumping stations and booster stations for water, drainage and district heating systems; radio and signal huts and re-lay housings for public transport pur-poses with a maximum area of 30 m² and a maximum height of 3.0 m.

5) Siren units for warning systems in-stalled or approved by the Emergency Management Agency.

6) Boundary walls between adjoining properties, by roads or paths and not exceeding 1.8 m.

1.2(2) Allotment sheds that are otherwise permitted and whose size and location have been provided for in a local plan, town planning by-law or registered de-claration approved by a public authority are only subject to the provisions on heat producing appliances, chimneys as well as water and drainage systems in Part 8.

(1.2(1) para 4) Plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks or services are not covered by the provision.

(1.2(1) para 6) See the Fencing Act.

(1.2(2)) Allotment sheds may be built without a building permit or notice; see the provisions of 1.9. For the development, loca tion and extent of allotments; see the Planning Act and the Allotments Act.

The siting of an allotment shed relative to its neighbours must make allowance for the risk of the spread of fi re between the build-ings. See 5.1(3).

For the provisions on heat producing appli-ances and chimneys see 8.1, 8.5.1, 8.5.2, 8.5.6, 8.5.10 and 8.5.11. For the provisions on water and drainage systems; see 8.4.

Legislation on gas apparatus and water and drainage pipe installations states that with the exception of certain defi ned, simple installation works, building works on gas, water and drainage systems may only be carried out by authorised individuals or companies.


1.2(3) Farm buildings and agriculture-re-lated buildings for the agricultural occu-pations are exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 8 with the exception of the height and clearance provisions of 2.3 and 2.4, the provisions on build-ing right in 2.7.8, the provisions on the layout of places of work in 3.4.1(3), the provisions on the execution and design of building structures in 4.1 and 4.2, the provisions on fi re safety in 5.1, the provi-sions on escape routes in 5.2, the provi-sions on structural factors in 5.3 (apply only to livestock housing), the provisions on fi re safety systems in 5.4 (apply only to livestock housing), the provisions on the spread of fi re and smoke in 5.5, 5.2.2(1) and (4)-(9) as well as 5.5.3, the provisions on water and drainage installations in 8.4 and the provisions on heat producing ap-pliances and chimneys in 8.5.

1.2(4) The provisions of Parts 2-8 may be relaxed in relation to listed buildings and buildings which form part of a scheduled ancient monument where such provisions are deemed to be in confl ict with the pro-tection and preservation value of the site.

1.3 Application for a building permit1.3(1) Unless otherwise provided in 1.7 or 1.9, building work may not commence without the permission of the municipal council.

(1.2(4)) When assessing whether relaxation of specifi c provisions of Parts 2-8 may be justifi ed on the grounds of protection and preservation, the municipal council takes into consideration whether there may be other means of accommodating the under-lying rationale of the provision. This applies in particular to the provisions in respect of access, as set out in Part 3.

The building permit must clearly state whether any relaxations apply.

(1.3(1)) Under section 16 of the Building Act, the municipal council may use partial permits to allow construction to commence before all matters relating to the building project have been defi nitively clarifi ed.

This allows the municipal council to ensure, for example, that any necessary structural design and drawings for the next phase are available before the individual partial permit is issued.


1.3(2) Application for a building permit must be made in writing to the municipal council. The application and supplemen-tary documentation may be submitted in digital form provided the municipal council has the facility for receiving and reading such electronic documents and drawings.

The municipal council may stipulate de-tailed technical requirements for the use of digital communication on the munici-pality’s website, including acceptable forms of digital signatures.

1.3(3) The application must be signed and dated by the owner. If the owner submits the application in digital form, it must be accompanied by a digital signature whose security is, at the very least, on a par with that of the OCES signature.

In the absence of the owner’s signature, whether manual or digital, other means of validating the applicant’s right to carry out the work must be produced.

(1.3(2)) The municipal council decides whether the documents may be submitted in digital form.

As the individual municipality must have the technical facility for receiving the di-gital application, the municipal council may, for example, impose detailed require-ments as to the format of digital applica-tions and may stipulate that only particular forms of digital signatures may be used at the security level specifi ed in the pro-visions.

(1.3(3)) Both the OCES signature and other digital signatures with a security level equivalent to or higher than the OCES signature may be used.

Anyone wishing to use the OCES signature must apply to a certifi cation centre accred-ited by the National IT and Telecom Agency to issue OCES certifi cates.

To issue an OCES certifi cate, the certifi ca-tion centre checks the identity of the appli-cant, which includes checking that the ad-dress given corresponds to that listed in the Central Offi ce of Civil Registration (the CPR offi ce) under the stated civil registra-tion number. Application in person is not required.

Further information can be found on the website for the OCES digital signature:

www.signatursekretariatet.dk and at www.digitalsignatur.dk


1.4 Building permit application documentation 1.4(1) The application for a building per-mit must include a clear description of the work to be carried out and all information relevant to the processing of the applica-tion, including registration of the project with the Building and Housing Register (BBR).

(1.4(1) and (2)) The municipal council may demand any information and drawings which may be necessary for a building permit to be granted.

Depending on the nature of the building work, the following information and draw-ings may, for example, be relevant:

– Drawings showing the total extent of the works, suffi ciently detailed to allow an as-sessment to be made of the total impact of the building on the surroundings; details of the size of the plot, the fl oor area of the building, its heights and separation dis-tances, the location of buildings on adjacent or neighbouring plots, current and future levels of the plot and those of adjacent or neighbouring plots; calculation of the plot ratio

– Information for the purpose of assessing energy consumption

– Structural design

– Information on materials and structures

– Detailing of ventilation

– Layout and fi tting out, including disabled access

– Information on water and drainage etc.

Applicants who submit paper drawings prepared using AutoCAD or similar soft-ware are encouraged to submit a digital copy of the relevant fi les at the same time, in part because this will simplify the meas-urement of the buildings as designed and thereby improve the quality of data that is entered in the Building and Housing Regis-ter (BBR).


1.4(2) The application must be accompan-ied by the relevant drawings, stating the scale used. If the application is submitted on paper, three copies of the application and appendices must be submitted.

1.4(3) The application must normally in-clude:

1) Any information necessary for the identifi cation of the property, building or unit.

2) Information on any provisions of the Building Act, the Building Regula-tions, easements and other building guidelines with which the project might be in confl ict. The application must contain a substantiated applica-tion for any necessary exemptions or permissions.

3) Information on the proposed use of the building and, in the case of conversions and changes of use, information on the previous use.

4) Information as to the extent to which the works have been designed under the less restrictive provisions on con-version work; see Part 3, Design, lay-out and fi tting out. The application must include a report on the existing building structures and other building matters relevant to the processing of the application.

(1.4(3) para 1) Information will typically be the title number, address, property number, fl oor, side/door number.

(1.4(3) para 3) In addition to permission under the Building Act, the permission of the municipal council is required under section 40 of the Planning Act for reclas-sifying the use of holiday homes in desig-nated “summer house” areas into perma-nent dwellings.

The decision of the municipal council under section 40 of the Planning Act cannot be appealed.


5) Information clarifying how measures essential for responsible construction and necessitated by climatic conditions have been implemented; see 4.1(5).

6) Information relating to buildings cov-ered by 7.2, Energy parameters for new buildings, the calculated energy needs of the building, documentation demonstrating compliance with the energy parameters; and information on low energy class, where appropriate.

7) An application for permission to allow public access to a mine or similar struc-ture must include a report on the expert investigations into the strength and sta-bility of the subsoil and must identify the relevant responsible individual(s).

8) Information required for having the project included on the Building and Housing Register (BBR).

1.4(4) If deemed necessary in individual cases, the municipal council may require:

1) Fire safety documentation showing the layout of the building and justifying the choice of fi re safety measures.

2) Documentation showing how checks and maintenance of the fi re safety sys-tems and building elements will be carried out.

3) A fi re safety declaration by a compet-ent offi cer in respect of the fi re safety documentation; see paras 1 and 2. The costs must be met by the client.

(1.4(3) para 5) For building work carried out in the period 1 November to 31 March, the starting point for the required informa-tion can be the winter bill of quantities in the Winter Regulations.

(1.4(3) para 6) See the Act on the Promo-tion of Energy Savings in Buildings.

(1.4(3) para 8) See the executive order on owners’ duty to provide information to the Building and Housing Register (BBR), re-quiring the owner, when applying for a building permit, to provide all information which is relevant to the operation and up-dating of the BBR.

(1.4(4) paras 1 and 2) Depending on the nature of the building work, the documenta-tion should include: drawings showing the structural fi re resistance properties of each building element, the fi re safety systems, escape routes and rescue facilities etc.; fi re safety calculations, documentation show-ing the fi re resistance properties of the in-dividual building elements and installa-tions; and a description of how the regular checks and maintenance of all fi re safety systems and building elements will be con-ducted.


4) A declaration that the building struc-tures comply with the provisions of Part 4, Structures. The declaration must conform with the guidance in Appendix 4 (report for the structural documentation).

5) Certifi cation by a surveyor, in the City of Copenhagen by the City Surveyor, and in Frederiksberg Municipality by the Municipal Surveyor, of the report-ed size of the plot or the setting-out of the building.

1.4(5) In the case of buildings in which any non-compliance represents a high risk of personal injury or would have serious social consequences, the structural docu-mentation in accordance with 1.4(4) para 5 must be certifi ed by a structural engin-eer who is accredited under the rules set out in Appendix 3 (accreditation scheme for structural engineers) and who is inde-pendent of the owner, the consultants and the contractors for the building project. The owner appoints the accredited struc-tural engineer and the appointment then requires the endorsement of the munici-pal council.

1.4(6) In the case of buildings not cov-ered by 1.4(5), the municipal council may require that the declaration obtained in accordance with 1.4(4) para 4, with asso-ciated appendices, be certifi ed by an ac-credited structural engineer.

1.4(7) If the documentation, declara-tions and certifi cates in accordance with 1.4(5)-(7) are submitted in digital form, they must be digitally signed by the person concerned, with a security level

(1.4(4) para 4) Structural designs of sec-ondary building structures are not covered by the requirement for certifi cation by a structural engineer accredited under the rules set out in Appendix 3.

(1.4(7)) The person concerned is the person who is responsible for the documentation etc., for example the surveyor or accredited structural engineer.


equivalent to or higher than that of the OCES signature.

1.5 Building permit 1.5(1) Building permits must be in writ-ing. A building permit may include a re-quirement to notify the municipal council of commencement of each new stage of the building work.

1.5(2) The building permit may impose requirements for:

1) taking measurements in the completed building to demonstrate compliance with the sound insulation requirements set out in Part 6, Indoor climate. This requirement cannot be imposed on holi-day homes and detached single-family houses;

2) taking measurements in the completed building to demonstrate compliance with the sound insulation require-ments of Part 7, Energy consumption. The municipal council is required to demand airtightness measurement in no less than 5% of the construction projects; and

3) to demand a performance bond for the completion of enabling works pursuant to section 4 of the Building Act before the building is taken into use;

4) the measurement or other type of docu-mentation provided by a structural damp specialist to verify compliance with the requirements of 4.1(6) in re-

(1.5(1)) Under section 16(1) of the Building Act, a building permit lapses if the building work is not commenced within one year of the date of the permit.

The municipal council may require notifi -cation of the various stages of building works to ensure that the municipal council has the opportunity to carry out such in-spections as it sees fi t.

(1.5(2)) Noise measurements must be car-ried out in accordance with the SBi Guide-lines 217, “Udførelse af bygningsakustiske målinger” [Performance of Building Acoustics Measurements].


spect of the critical moisture content of structures and materials.

1.6 Completion notice and occupancy permit1.6(1) On completion of any building work, a completion notice must be sub-mitted to the municipal council; but see 1.7(3) and 1.9(2).

1.6(2) Building works that require a building permit may not be taken into use without the permission of the municipal council.

1.6(3) Building works may, however, be taken into use without permission under 1.6(2) if the works comprise:

1) Single-family houses for permanent habitation, either detached single-fam-ily houses or wholly or partially joined houses (semi-detached, terraced, linked or cluster houses etc.).

2) Single-family houses for permanent habitation and wholly or partially joined to buildings not covered by 1.6(3).

3) Holiday homes and campsite cabins.

4) Garages, carports, outbuildings, green-houses and similar ancillary buildings

(1.6(1)) See the executive order on owners’ duty to provide information to the Building and Housing Register (BBR), requiring the owner, in the context of completion or ac-tual occupancy of the building, to provide all information which is relevant to the operation and updating of the BBR.

The executive order on energy labelling of buildings requires the owner to submit en-ergy labelling to the local building author-ity no later than on completion of the building work.

(1.6(2)) The municipal council may refuse to grant an occupancy permit if the building works do not comply with the building permit, and the municipal council may in such cases serve notice on the owner to remedy the breach of condition; see section 17 of the Building Act.

(1.6(3) and (4)) An occupancy permit is not required for building works relating to buildings which were previously covered by the Building Regulations for Small Dwell-ings 1998.


erected in connection with single-fam-ily houses or holiday homes.

1.6(4) 1.6(3) applies even if part of the dwelling is used for the type of commer-cial activity which is often based in the home.

1.6(5) The municipal council may give permission for buildings covered by 1.6(2) to be taken into full or partial use, even if the building work has not been fully completed.

The municipal council may set a deadline for the completion of the building work and may require a performance bond. If the deadline is exceeded, the building may be completed on the instigation of the municipal council, invoking the per-formance bond provided.

1.6(6) Where permission for use involves giving the public access to a mine or similar structure, an expert’s report on the strength and stability of the subsoil must be provided.

The municipal council may require the mine or similar structure to be mon-itored.

(1.6(4)) Commercial activity which is often based in the home includes hairdressing; offi ces of such professionals as estate agents, lawyers, accountants and archi-tects; and childminding etc.


1.7 Building works subject to service of a building notice before commencement 1.7(1) The following building works may be carried out subject to a building notice being submitted to the municipal coun-cil:

1) Garages, carports, outbuildings, green-houses, roofed-over terraces and simi-lar structures; and plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks or services of no more than 50 m².

2) Extensions to garages, carports, out-buildings, greenhouses, roofed-over terraces and similar structures; and to plant and equipment houses for elec-tronic communications networks or services, provided the area after exten-sion does not exceed 50 m².

3) Individual conversions and other struc-tural alterations that only affect a single residential unit of no more than 150 m² in multi-storey buildings com-prising more than one dwelling or a single business unit of no more than 150 m². Such individual conversions or alterations may not entail any expan-sion of the area.

(1.7(1) paras 1-3) See the executive order on owners’ duty to provide information to the Building and Housing Register (BBR), requiring the owner, in the context of the construction of such buildings, to provide all information which is relevant to the operation and updating of the BBR.

(1.7(1) paras 1-4) Note that work on listed buildings which goes beyond ordinary ex-ternal and internal maintenance requires permission under the Act on the Protection of Buildings.

Buildings worthy of preservation and cov-ered by a protective town planning by-law, a local preservation plan or a registered preservation order, remain subject to the provisions thereof governing conversions, alterations etc.

The provisions of town planning by-laws and local plans on the location and layout of buildings still apply, even if the building work does not require a building permit.

(1.7(1) para 3) This provision applies to single residential units in multi-storey buildings and to business units. The conver-sion of single-family houses, holiday homes and other buildings previously covered by the Building Regulations for Small Dwell-ings may be carried out without a building notice or permit under the provisions of 1.9.

The building notice system only covers discrete conversions in a single dwelling or business unit. Conversion work on a whole building still requires a building permit. For example, an entire multi-storey build-ing cannot be altered simply by submitting separate notices for each unit.


4) Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings on agricultural, forestry and horticultural holdings which either do not require a rural zone permit or only require permission under section 36(2) of the Planning Act.

5) Wind turbines.

6) Satellite antennas/dishes with a dia-meter of more than 1.0 m.

7) Demolition of buildings not covered by 1.10.

(1.7(1) para 7) Demolition of buildings must be notifi ed to the Building and Hous-ing Register (BBR).

Demolition of listed buildings and those worthy of preservation requires permission under section 11 of the Act on the Protection of Buildings.

Concerning demolition of buildings; see the executive order issued by the Ministry of Labour/the Danish Working Environ-ment Authority on the Conditions at Con-struction Sites and Similar Places of Work pursuant to the Working Environment Act.

See also Executive Order no. 1502 of 21 December 2004 on asbestos issued by the Ministry of Employment/the Danish Work-ing Environment Authority.

1.10 states which buildings can be demol-ished without permission or notice and applies mainly to garages, carports, out-buildings and similar buildings which serve as outbuildings of single-family houses and holiday homes, and to allotment sheds and small buildings of less than 10 m2

The building notice system applies, for ex-ample, to the discrete alteration of a bath-room or kitchen, installation of fi replaces, wood-burning stoves, boilers etc. If the fl oor-age is extended in connection with conver-sion works etc., i.e. increasing the plot ratio, a building permit must be applied for.


1.7(2) If the municipal council has not re-sponded within two weeks of receipt of the notice, the building work may com-mence.

1.7(3) Completion of these building works need not be notifi ed to the munici-pal council.

1.7(4) The building notice must be in writing. It must be signed and dated by the owner and submitted to the municipal council under the provisions of 1.3(2) and (3).

1.7(5) The building notice must include the postal or BBR address and the title number.

The building notice must include a clear description of the work to be carried out; and drawings – with the scale marked and a specifi cation appended – showing the location of the building on the site, its height, length and width, its distance to boundaries and other buildings on the site, and indicating the materials chosen for the external walls and roofi ng.

1.7(6) In the case of farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings and wind turbines, the application must include,

(1.7(2)) The time limit is counted from the day the building notice is received by the municipal council. If the notice is sent by post, the normal postal delivery period must be added to the time limit.

In the same way, the municipal council must issue any response to the building notice within two weeks of receipt of the notice, and the normal postal delivery period must again be added.

The work may thus not commence before the two weeks plus the normal delivery period have elapsed.

(1.7(3)) See the executive order on owners’ duty to provide information to the Building and Housing Register (BBR), requiring the owner, in the context of the completion or actual occupancy of the building, to provide all information which is relevant to the operation and updating of the BBR.

(1.7(5)) See the executive order on owners’ duty to provide information to the Building and Housing Register (BBR), requiring the owner, when giving notice of such building works, to provide all information which is relevant to the operation and updating of the BBR.


in addition to the information set out in 1.7(4), a drawing showing any existing and/or proposed drainage pipes and their connections to the building, and any per-mits required by other legislation.

1.7(7) In the case of individual conversions and alterations, the building notice must in-clude, in addition to the information set out in 1.7(4), a drawing showing the structures that are to be altered and new service con-nections to existing stack pipes, details of previous use; and clarifi cation of whether the design of the works is in accordance with the less restrictive provisions on con-version work; supplemented by a report on the existing structures and other construc-tion issues relevant to the processing of the application.

1.7(8) In the case of antennas/aerials, the building notice must contain, in addition to details on the address and title number of the property, information on the loca-tion of the antenna/aerial, its height and relevant clearance factors and structural factors affecting the fi xing of the antenna/aerial to the building.

1.7(9) In the case of demolition, the build-ing notice must contain, in addition to de-tails on the address and title number of the property and building identifi cation, information on the approximate height and surface area of the building.

The municipal council may impose guide-lines for the demolition in each individual case.

1.7(10) If the building work requires ex-emption from the provisions of the Build-


ing Regulations, such an exemption must be applied for in the building notice, and the work may not commence before ex-emption is given; the two-week time limit is therefore not relevant.

1.7(11) A building notice lapses if the work is not commenced within one year of the date of the permit.

1.8 Preliminary dialogu1.8(1) Before a building permit or exemp-tion is granted, and in the case of building notices, the municipal council may hold a preliminary dialogue with the owner and the owner’s representatives.

1.9 Building works exempt from a building permit or notice1.9(1) The following building works may be carried out without a building permit or notice:

1) Conversions and other alterations to buildings as listed in 1.6(3) and (4). The conversion or alteration may not entail the increase of the fl oor area or signifi cant changes of use.

(1.8(1)) During the preliminary dialogue, the parameters of the building project will be clarifi ed, and agreements may be made between the owner and the building author-ity concerning, for example, the time schedules and documentation.

(1.9(1)) The building works must comply with the relevant requirements of the Build-ing Regulations for the execution of the works. If this is not possible, an application must be made to the municipal council for exemption, and the building work may not be commenced until the exemption has been given.

(1.9(1) para 1) The buildings listed in 1.6(3) and (4) are the buildings covered by the previous Building Regulations for Small Dwellings (detached and linked single-family houses and holiday homes etc.). External post-insulation to a maximum thickness of 25 cm is not regarded as an extension of the fl oor area under the terms of the Building Act. Alterations must be notifi ed to the Building and Housing Regis-ter (BBR).

Alterations to the number of rooms, to kitchens etc. must be reported to the Build-ing and Housing Register (BBR).

A building permit is required if alterations and similar works entail an increased fl oor area, i.e. an increase in the plot ratio.


2) Building works on small buildings of no more than 10 m², covered by B 1.1.6.

3) Building works on open-air swimming pools, garden fi replaces and terraces adjoining single-family houses and holiday homes.

4) Building works on campsite cabins and allotment sheds.

5) Drying installations for grain, seeds and other crops.

6) LPG tanks of up to 1,000 kg (2,400 l tank capacity) in stationary LPG in-stallations and LPG tank stations.

7) Satellite antennas with a diameter of no more than 1.0 m and CE-marked roof antennas/aerials.

8) Structures and systems which com-prise user-operated functions, such as IT points, ATMs and self-service ma-chines and similar public-facing ser-vice functions.

(1.9(1) paras 2, 4 and 5) The erection of such structures must be notifi ed to the Building and Housing Register (BBR).

(1.9(1) para 6) LPG installations and LPG tank stations whose total storage exceeds 100 m3 of liquefi ed petroleum gas require approval under the Environmental Protec-tion Act.

For the installation of LPG tanks; see also the executive order on bottled gas issued by the Ministry of Justice.

See also the executive order on pressure vessels and pressurised pipe systems issued by the Danish Working Environment Au-thority.

(1.9(1) para 7) Large satellite antennas must be notifi ed; see 1.7(1) para 5.

(1.9(1) para 8) This provision applies to structures and systems covered by the pro-visions of Part 4.

Examples include all extensions or full or partial incorporation of an unused roof space in the living space.

Incorporation of outbuildings, garages etc. into the dwelling is a signifi cant change of use and as such requires a building per-mit.


1.9(2) Completion of these building works need not be notifi ed to the munici-pal council.

1.10 Buildings that may be demolished without permission or notice 1.10(1) The following buildings may be demolished without permission or notice:

1) Garages, carports, outbuildings and similar ancillary buildings in connec-tion with single-family houses and holiday homes.

2) Buildings listed in 1.9(1) paras 2-8.

1.11 Relationship with other legislation 1.11(1) Before granting a building permit and when notice has been given, the mu-nicipal council must investigate whether the building work contravenes the follow-ing legislation:

The Planning Act, the Livestock Farming Environmental Approval Act, the Protec-tion of Nature Act, the Act on the Protec-tion of Buildings, the Act on Forests, the Environmental Protection Act, the Act on Contaminated Soil, the Act on the Erec-tion and Shared Use of Masts for Radio Communication Purposes etc., the Work-ing Environment Act, the Public Roads Act, the Act on Private Roads, the Act on Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelop-ment, the Urban Renewal Act, the Heat Supply Act, the Act on Temporary Regu-lation of Housing Conditions, the Emer-gency Services Act, the Act on Museums and the Act on Compensation for Flood Damage, the Water Supply Act, the Act on Urban Renewal and Urban Develop-

(1.10(1)) Demolition of such buildings must be notifi ed to the Building and Housing Register (BBR).

(1.10(1) para 1) This provision does not cover integrated garages, carports and similar ancillary buildings.

(1.11(1)) The National Building and Hous-ing Agency guidance on examination of the legislation by the municipal council ex-plains in detail the provisions of said legis-lation with which a municipal council must ensure compliance.


ment and the Act on the Promotion of En-ergy Savings in Buildings.

1.11(2) If the building work confl icts with other legislation listed in 1.11(1), the mu-nicipal council must, where notice has been given, respond to such notice within two weeks of receipt of the said notice.

1.11(3) If a building permit includes re-quirements of other legislation, this must be stated separately in the permit.

1.12 Temporary use of an adjoining plot1.12(1) The municipal council may give an owner temporary permission to use an adjoining plot in the following circum-stances:

1) When it is necessary to safeguard neighbouring plots, buildings, pipe-lines and cables in connection with foundation works, excavations or earthworks on the owner’s plot.

2) When it is necessary for an owner to carry out building, repair or mainte-nance works on the owner’s own prop-erty.

1.12(2) The adjoining plot must be used in such a way as to cause the least pos-sible inconvenience. When the work has been completed, the person to whom the permit was granted must return the adjoining plot to its former condition as soon as possible.

1.12(3) If a new building on a common boundary or the alteration or removal of an existing building on a boundary will

(1.12(1)) See section 12 of the Building Act, including the two-week notice period. In the case of work on roads, permission must be obtained from the highways authority.

(1.12(1) para 2) Permission may be given to erect bracing, ladders, cranes, scaffold-ing, screening roofs etc. on adjoining plots or to provide access via an adjoining plot.


oblige the neighbour to alter or remove a structure on the boundary, the neighbour must be given the opportunity to carry out the necessary work before this is ruled out by the building work.

1.13 Fees 1.13(1) The municipal council may charge for permits, temporary permis-sions and notices pursuant to the Building Regulations.

The municipal council may also charge for exemptions in respect of building works that do not require a building per-mit or notice.

1.13(2) The municipal council may de-cide not to make any charge, or only to charge fees for certain types of works.

1.13(3) Fees may not be charged for no-tices or exemptions in respect of farm buildings and agriculture-related build-ings for the agricultural occupations.

1.13(4) The method for calculating and charging fees is determined by the mu-nicipal council.

1.13(5) The fee is payable when the per-mit or exemption is granted. If the fee is calculated on the basis of construction costs, it is payable as soon as the fee can be calculated accordingly.

1.13(6) In the case of notices in accord-ance with the Building Regulations, the fee is payable on submission of the build-ing notice.

(1.13(1)) Fees are charged pursuant to section 28(1) of the Building Act.

(1.13(4)) Special principles apply to setting fees for particular purposes. The calcula-tion may only include costs which are di-rectly, indirectly or complementarily related to the area.


1.13(7) The municipal council may with-hold the permit or exemption until the fee has been paid.

1.14 Exemption etc.1.14(1) Exemption from the provisions of the Building Regulations is covered by section 22 of the Building Act.

1.14(2) The municipal council may re-quire that an application for exemption or permission to continue a breach be signed personally by the owner. This requirement will be considered to have been met if the owner submits the application in digital form accompanied by a digital signature with a security level equivalent to that of the OCES signature.

1.14(3) Derogations from the provisions of the Building Act and the Building Regulations may only be deemed to be granted if the exemption or permission is expressly stated in the building permit or otherwise notifi ed in writing.

(1.14(1)) The municipal council may grant exemption from the substantive provisions of the Building Act and the Building Regula-tions. Exemption from the procedural rules, such as the provisions governing when a project must be processed by the authori-ties; when neighbours must be informed in advance of the granting of an exemption; and rules governing appeals etc.

The municipal council may only grant ex-emption where it considers that to do so is compatible with the intentions of the provi-sion from which exemption is sought.

Note the triviality limit specifi ed in section 22(2) of the Building Act, under which the municipal council may omit to inform neighbours when the exemption is consid-ered to be insignifi cant to the neighbours concerned.

(1.14(3)) Derogations from the provisions of the Building Act and the Building Regu-lations can thus only be considered to have been approved/permitted if the exemption or the permission has been given in writ-ing.


1.15 Appeals 1.15(1) Appeals may be made against decisions concerning provisions of the Building Regulations under sections 23 and 24 of the Building Act.

1.16 Sanctions 1.16(1) Any person who, in breach of the provisions of this Part, fails to give notice of building work, to submit a notice of completion of the building work, to apply for an exemption or to comply with the provisions of Parts 1-8 will be subject to a fi ne.

(1.15(1)) Appeals against municipal coun-cil decisions may be made to the state ad-ministration under the Act on Regional State Administration.

The decisions of the state administration may not be appealed to any other adminis-trative authority. It is only possible to ap-peal against a decision made by a municipal council if the decision covers points of law, i.e. there can be no appeal against the mu-nicipal council’s technical decisions.

The time limit for an appeal is four weeks from the day the decision is notifi ed. The decision of the appeals authority may be brought before the courts within 6 months of the date of notifi cation of the decision; see section 25 of the Building Act.

(1.16(1)) Section 30(1)-(5) of the Building Act provides as follows:

“30. A fi ne will be payable by any person who

a. commences building work, takes build-ing work into use or otherwise initiates measures without obtaining permission as prescribed by the Act or the regulations drawn up in pursuance thereof; or who carries out building work or other measures for which prior permission is required and does so in a manner not approved by the relevant authority;

b. disregards the conditions stated in a permit in accordance with the Act or the provisions drawn up in pursuance thereof;

c. fails to comply with an order or a prohibi-tion notice issued in accordance with the Act or the provisions drawn up in pursu-ance thereof;

d. fails to carry out maintenance work which is essential for the protection from danger of a building’s occupants or others;

1. Administrative provisions 32e. contravenes section 7(2), fi rst sentence, and the rules laid down in pursuance of section 8(1) paras 2-4;

f. fails to comply with an order under sec-tion 18 B(2) to provide documents;

g. fails to comply with an order under section 18 B(3) to permit access to the property;

h. fails to comply with an order under sec-tion 18 B(4) to provide drawings, calcula-tions or other documents.

(2) The provisions drawn up by the Minister for Economic and Business Affairs in pur-suance of the Act provide that a fi ne may be imposed for contravention thereof.

(3) If building work has been carried out in an unlawful manner, the person in charge of the work or the person actually carrying out the work or both, depending on the circumstances, will incur criminal liability. The person causing the work to be done will only be held liable if he or she cannot name any other person who can be held liable, or has contributed to the contravention know-ingly or with a defi nite awareness of the unlawfulness. In such cases, depending on the circumstances, the people cited in the fi rst sentence will no longer be held liable.

(4) The fi ne will also be imposed on any person who makes or sells, for use in build-ing work, building materials which, ac-cording to the current building regulations, may not legally be used for the building concerned.

(5) Sanctions may be imposed on compa-nies etc. (legal entities) under the provisions of Part 5 of the criminal code for any con-travention specifi ed in (1)-(4).”


1.17 Commencement 1.17(1) The provisions of the Building Regulations have effect from 2 February 2008.

1.17(2) At the time of commencement of these Building Regulations, the provisions of the Building Regulations of 13 February 1995 with associated supplements 1-14 and the Building Regulations for Small Dwellings of 25 June 1998 with associated supplements 1-11 are repealed.

1.17(3) The provisions of the Building Regulations are mandatory for building work for which a building permit is grant-ed or notice given after the provisions have come into force. If the building work does not require permission or notice, the provisions are mandatory for all works that are commenced after the provisions have come into force.

1.17(4) Up to and including 1 August 2008 and irrespective of the provisions of 1.17(3), the owner may elect to apply the existing provisions; see 1.17(2), if:

1) the municipal council has received a suffi cient application for a building permit for building work covered by the rules for building permits no later than 1 August 2008; or

2) the municipal council has received suf-fi cient notice of building works cov-ered by the rules for building notices no later than 1 August 2008; or

3) the building work is commenced no later than 1 August 2008 in the case of building works not covered by the rules for building permits or notices.

2. Building control provisions 34

2. Building control provisions

2.1 General 2.1(1) The total footprint of a building and its impact on the surroundings must comply with the building control provi-sions set out in 2.2-2.6. The provisions regulate the total footprint of the building and its impact on the surroundings in re-spect of:

1) the size of the plot.

2) the distance of the building from com-mon boundaries, roads and paths and from other buildings on the same plot.

3) the height of the building and number of storeys, including the height of the building in relation to common bound-aries, roads and paths and to other buildings on the same plot.

4) the fl oor area of the building and the plot ratio.

5) the layout of the unbuilt area.

2.1(2) The provisions of 2.1-2.7 do not apply if a local plan, town planning by-law or regulatory plan under the previous building acts provides otherwise.

(2.1(1)) Decisions relating to factors which are subject to building control must comply with the rules specifi ed in this Part 2 on the basis of an overall assessment based on the criteria specifi ed in 2.1.1, which taken to-gether embody the rationale of the building control system.

A permit in respect of works which are subject to building control as indicated in Part 2 may be notifi ed in the form of condi-tions laid down in the building permit.

(2.1(1) paras 1-5) The building controls set out in 2.1(1) paras 1-5 cover the same subject matter and have the same substan-tive scope of application as the building control provisions of the Building Act which applied up to 1 October 2001.

Note the local planning obligations under the Planning Act. In sum, a local plan is therefore required for new buildings and conversions which will have a signifi cant impact on the environment.

Note the provision in respect of the building right set out in 2.7. The fl oor area of the building and its height and separation dis-tances must be calculated under the rules set out in Appendix 1, B.1.1.3, B.1.1.4 and B.1.1.5.

(2.1(2)) The calculation rules set out in Appendix 1 apply independently and can-not be amended by a local plan, town planning by-law or regulatory plan.


2.1.1 General criteria2.1.1(1) In the case of modifi cations in re-spect of one or more of the building control specifi cations set out in 2.2-2.6, the delib-erations of the municipal council must take the following points into account:

1) The overall footprint of the building must be appropriate for the function of the building.

2) The total footprint of the building must be consistent with the norm for the block of fl ats, the neighbourhood or the area or with what is envisaged for the area.

3) Taking account of the use of the prop-erty, satisfactory lighting conditions must be provided for buildings on the property and adjacent buildings.

4) In accordance with 2.6, suffi cient open spaces must be provided in relation to the use of the property, including recre-ation areas for residents, users and em-ployees.

(2.1.1(1)) The conditions listed in 2.1.1(1) paras 1-6 are an expression of the legally binding limits on the municipal council’s assessment of building control specifi cations and thus express the substantive factors which the municipal council can legally take into account in its overall evaluation and use as a basis for its decision.

(2.1.1(1) para 1) Evaluation of the suitabil-ity of the footprint of the building in terms of its function will take into account the individual provisions set out in 2.2-2.6. The individual provisions will not apply equally to all types of buildings. For example, open spaces/recreation areas will weigh more heavily in determining the plot ratio of a domestic building than of a commercial building, which might therefore be permit-ted a greater fl oor area. In the case of commercial buildings to which the public has access, the requirement for parking will, on the other hand, weigh more heavily than in the case of a domestic building.

(2.1.1(1) para 2) In the case of building on a vacant property, an assessment must be made of what is the norm for that neigh-bourhood, and/or alternatively for the area. If the norm for a neighbourhood or area cannot be determined on this basis, or what is usual in the case of buildings in a new area, weight must be given to the proposed character of the area. Framework provi-sions on plot size, fl oor area, number of storeys, height and separation distances specifi ed in a municipal plan may be used as guidance for what is usual or proposed for the area.

(2.1.1(1) para 3) As under 2.1.2(1) para 1, an assessment of signifi cant factors will be made, evaluating the lighting conditions in relation to the use to which the property is put and the impact of the building on adja-cent buildings.


5) In accordance with the requirements of 2.6 and taking account of the use of the property, satisfactory entry and vehicu-lar access conditions must be provided for the users of the property, including disabled people and emergency ser-vices; and suffi cient parking areas must be provided.

6) In the case of buildings on the edge of dense, built-up urban areas adjacent to an unzoned area or developments for detached houses, holiday homes or al-lotments, or a development of dense low-rise housing, determination of the total footprint of the building must take account of the character of adjacent areas and the footprint of any develop-ment.

2.2 Size of plot 2.2(1) In the case of parcelling out, regis-tration or transfer of land, the size of the plot must be determined in accordance with the criteria specifi ed in 2.1.1 and 2.2(2) of this provision.

(2.1.1(1) para 6) This provision covers a number of “confl icting cases” in which the evaluation must take the character of specifi ed adjacent areas into account in the same way as the other considerations indi-cated in 2.1.1(1) paras 1-5, which otherwise only provide for weight to be attached to the character of buildings in the block of fl ats, quarter or area itself, therefore not includ-ing the stated geographically confl icting cases. The character of the adjacent areas is not necessarily always relevant in rela-tion to all instances where building control is required; for example, in the case of a conversion project which only involves one or a small number of works requiring build-ing control.

(2.2(1)) When establishing the size of the plot, all the factors specifi ed in 2.1 may le-gally be taken into consideration, including in cases of subdivision, to allow for a con-tinued lawful use of the property.

The municipal council may by the same token refuse to approve the size of a plot if, once sub-divided, it would be inadequate for buildings conforming to the building control requirements for undeveloped areas, including access to the property and sepa-ration distances, including the relationship between the height of a building and its distance from adjacent buildings.

Note also 2.7.5, whereby the municipal council cannot refuse to grant approval to plots of no less than 700 m2 for detached single-family houses nor to plots of no less than 1200 m2 for holiday homes in desig-nated “summer house” areas.


2.2(2) On the basis of an overall evalua-tion, to include the relationship between any existing buildings and the plot size, a plot size must be defi ned which is ad-equate for a building and the use of the property in accordance with the require-ments of 2.3-2.6, allows for road access under highways legislation and ensures that the undeveloped areas comply with the requirements of this Part 2.

2.3 Separation distances 2.3(1) The distance of the building from roads, paths and boundaries must be deter-mined in accordance with the criteria set out in 2.1.1 and the requirements of 2.3(2).

2.3(2) The distances determined in ac-cordance with 2.3(1) must be suffi cient to ensure that:

1) roof water is retained within the build-ing’s own plot;

2) windows, balconies etc. do not have a signifi cant overlooking impact on other buildings on the same plot or adjoining plot(s).

2.3(3) If an area consists predominantly of dense housing, the municipal council may decide that new buildings must be erected up to the road or building line and up to the boundary with the adjacent plots.

2.4 Height and number of storeys 2.4(1) The height of the building and number of storeys must be determined in accordance with the criteria set out in 2.1.1 subject to the allowances and limita-tions specifi ed in 2.4(2).

(2.3(1)) The distances defi ned in accordance with 2.3(1) must provide for a satisfactory relationship between the height of the build-ing and its distance from roads, paths and common boundaries in accordance with 2.4.

Note also the fi re separation distances in Part 5.

(2.4(1)) This provision covers both the so-called horizontal and inclined height-limit-ing planes. Mobile telephone and amateur radio antennas are not covered by this provision.


2.4(2) The height and number of storeys of the building must be determined in ac-cordance with 2.4(1), taking into account the relationship between the height of the building and the distance to other buildings and open spaces on the same plot and the buildings on adjacent plots and their open areas, roads and paths in order to provide satisfactory light conditions and to prevent signifi cant overlooking nuisance.

2.5 Floor area 2.5(1) The fl oor area of the building must be determined in accordance with the cri-teria specifi ed in 2.1.1 and 2.5(2) of this provision.

2.5(2) When determining the fl oor area for residential purposes in existing buildings, including existing unused roof spaces, the municipal council must give due weight to the need to provide up-to-date dwell-ings of a reasonable size in relation to the total area that is intended to be used.

2.6 Unbuilt areas 2.6(1) The areas specifi ed in 2.6 may be shared by several properties. The registra-tion on the properties concerned must be such as to secure the layout, landscaping and use of such communal open spaces.

2.6.1 Recreation areas for the building2.6.1(1) Any building must be provided with recreation areas of an appropriate size for the use, footprint and location of the building.

2.6.1(2) Such recreation areas must be at ground level, but may be provided in a covered or raised courtyard or may in part be on a roof area or on large-scale balconies.

(2.4(2)) See Appendix 1, B1.1.4 for the rules for calculating the height of the building. See Appendix 1, B1.1.6 for the rules for calculating the number of storeys in the building.

(2.5(2)) The provision of new (further) dwellings in an existing property may be subject to a requirement to provide parking spaces and open spaces in accordance with 2.6.

(2.6(1)) Unbuilt areas laid out in accord-ance with the provisions may not be used for purposes other than those for which they were provided. See section 7 of the Building Act.


2.6.1(3) For blocks of fl ats and dense low-rise housing, developments including ter-raced and linked houses etc., an appropri-ate part of the recreation area must be laid out as a playground area. The size of the playground area must be determined by the municipal council and must be speci-fi ed in the building permit.

2.6.1(4) The building permit may set a deadline in respect of the layout of re-creation areas and playground areas.

2.6.2 Parking areas 2.6.2(1) Suffi cient parking areas must be provided (reserved) for the residents of or employees in the building, visitors, cus-tomers, suppliers etc. to park cars, mo-torcycles, mopeds, bicycles etc. on the property.

2.6.2(2) The municipal council must de-termine how large a proportion of the plot area is to be provided (reserved) for park-ing areas, and when the area is to be laid out; this must be specifi ed in the building permit.

2.6.2(3) The layout of parking areas must include an appropriate number of parking spaces which cater for disabled people. This requirement does not apply to detached single-family houses and holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas.

(2.6.1(3)) The safety requirements for playground equipment are stated in Part 4, Structures.

(2.6.1(4)) This provision gives scope for residents’ input in respect of the layout of recreation areas and playground areas.

(2.6.2(3)) Disabled parking spaces should have a usable area of 3.5 x 5 m, be located as close to the entrance as possible and have fi rm, even surfacing. At least one dis-abled parking space should have a usable area of 4.5 x 8 m to allow for a minibus with a lift at the rear. Drops/rises in any stepped access from the parking area to other areas must be of no more than 2.5 cm.

DS manual 105 “Outdoor areas for all – Planning and design – Guidelines for pro-viding access for disabled people” contains guidelines for laying out the physical envi-ronment so as to give disabled people greater independence, freedom of move-ment and safety. See also “Færdselsarealer for alle” [Traffi c areas for all] issued by the Danish Road Directorate.


2.6.3 Pedestrian and vehicular access areas2.6.3(1) Pedestrian and vehicular access must be provided from roads to entrances to the buildings on a property and to the unbuilt areas of the property. The layout of such pedestrian and vehicular access must be in keeping with the nature of the building.

Lighting must be provided for pedestrian and vehicular access routes. Stairs and ramps must be most brightly illuminated.

2.6.3(2) Pedestrian and vehicular access must be laid out so as to enable disabled people to use the building. Access from roads, including from car parks to the un-built area of the property and to entrances to buildings must be no less than 1.3 m wide and have fi rm, even surfacing.

Differences in levels must be compen-sated for by contoured landscaping or by means of ramps, and ramps must be sup-plemented by steps with a rise of no more than 150 mm and a going of no less than 300 mm. Ramps may not have a gradient of more than 1:20 and there must be a horizontal area of no less than 1.3 m x 1.3 m at both ends of the ramp.

Ramps with a gradient of more than 1:25 must also have landings every 12 m. Graspable handrails must be provided at a height of approx. 0.8 m on both sides of ramps and steps.

2.6.3(3) Footways to the building must be separated from other types of traffi c by a contrasting tactile feature. Above steps on access routes, there must be a change in

(2.6.3(1)) Lighting of pedestrian and vehicular access areas must be directional and not glaring; see also the rules on pri-vate roads set out in the Act on Private Roads, according to which the municipal council may decide that lighting must be provided on publicly accessible roads.

(2.6.3(2)) The DS manual “Outdoor areas for all – Planning and design – Guidelines for providing access for disabled people” contains guidelines for laying out the physical environment so as to give disabled people greater independence, freedom of movement and safety.

Ramps with a gradient of between 1:25 and 1:20 may be fi tted with guarding instead of handrails or may be contoured so as to eliminate any danger of falling sideways.

(2.6.3(3)) To prevent collision with free-standing staircases from the side or under-side, the staircase should be fi tted with guarding/safety railings to give headroom of 2.2 m. For the sake of the visually im-


the colour and texture of the surfacing 0.9 m before the staircase starts and across the full width of the staircase. The edges of the treads and nosings must be high-lighted in a contrasting colour.

2.6.3(4) Doorways or openings required by 2.6.3(1) must be designed so as to pro-vide easy access for emergency vehicles.

2.6.3(5) Detached single-family houses used only for residential purposes and holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas are not subject to the provi-sions of 2.6.3(1)-(3).

2.7 Building right2.7(1) The municipal council cannot refuse to approve a building’s fl oor area, number of storeys, height and separation distances provided that the conditions specifi ed in 2.7.1-2.7.2 are satisfi ed, with the limitations and extensions specifi ed in 2.7.3-2.7.9.

2.7.1 Plot ratio 2.7.1(1) When calculating the plot ratio, the fl oor area of the property may not ex-ceed:

1) 60 for blocks of fl ats in an area so des-ignated in the municipal plan.

(2.6.3(4)) Emergency vehicles require an entrance with a clear width of no less than 2.8 m and headway of no less than 3.4 m. In narrow streets, it may be necessary to widen the route.

(2.6.3(5)) Detached single-family houses which are partly used for commercial pur-poses are subject to the provisions of 2.6.3(1)-(3).

(2.7(1)) The provisions of this Part 2 estab-lish the building right in respect of the properties indicated. The municipal council may thus not refuse to approve a building provided that the building complies with the conditions stated in respect of the matters covered by those conditions and does not exceed the stated plot ratio, number of storeys, height and separation distances.

The provisions of Part 2 do not apply if a local plan, town planning by-law or a regu-latory plan under the previous building acts provide otherwise in respect of the matters concerned: see 2.1(2). Post-insulation of existing properties may cause the building to exceed the approved plot ratio, height and separation distances. In such cases, the municipal council should process the case in the light of the overall assessment speci-fi ed in 2.1. See also 1.9(1) para 1.

(2.7.1(1)) The plot ratio is calculated in accordance with the rules specifi ed in Ap-pendix 1.

paired, tread surfaces with open mesh grating, holes etc. should be avoided, or be so constructed as not to trap white canes or injure the claws of guide dogs.


2) 40 for wholly or partially joined single-family houses, including semi-detached houses, terraced houses, linked houses and similar dense/low-rise housing.

3) 30 for detached single-family houses and two-family houses with a horizon-tal party wall situated in a housing es-tate.

4) 15 for holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas.

5) 45 for other buildings.

2.7.2 Number of storeys and heights in general 2.7.2(1) The municipal council may not refuse to approve the height of a building pursuant to 2.7 if the height of the build-ing as applied for does not exceed two storeys and no part of the external walls or roof of the building is more than 8.5 m above ground level.

2.7.3 Detached single-family houses and two-family houses 2.7.3(1) In the case of detached single-family houses and two-family houses with a horizontal party wall, the munici-pal council may not refuse to approve the height of the building and the separation distances if the conditions of paras 1 and 2 have been met.

1) Maximum height: 1.4 x the distance to the common boundary and path.

(2.7.2(1)) The number of storeys is calcu-lated in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 1, 1.1.6.

This provision covers the horizontal height-limiting plane. No part of the external walls or roof of the building may exceed 8.5 m; but see Appendix 1, B.1.1.4(2)).

(2.7.3(1) para 1) This provision covers the inclined height-limiting planes. No part of the external walls or roof of the building may exceed 1.4 x the distance to the com-mon boundary and path; but see Appendix 1, B.1.1.4(2)).


2) Minimum distance to road, path and boundary: 2.5 m.

2.7.4 Holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas 2.7.4(1) In the case of holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas, the municipal council may not refuse to ap-prove the number of storeys, height and separation distances of a building pro-vided that the conditions of paras 1 and 2 have been met.

1) Maximum number of storeys: 1.

2) Maximum height: roof: 5.0 m; and ex-ternal wall along at least one longitudi-nal side: 3.0 m.

3) Minimum distance to road, path and boundary: 5.0 m.

2.7.4(2) If the existing buildings in the area are predominantly non-compliant with the provisions of 2.7.4(1) paras 1-3 in respect of building height and use of loft spaces, new buildings may then be erected which are in keeping with the character of the area as determined by the overall assessment indicated in 2.1.

2.7.5 Size of plot 2.7.5(1) In the case of parcelling out, registration or transfer of land in connec-tion with plots for detached single-family houses and holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas, the municipal council may not refuse to grant approval for properties with an area of:

1) No less than 700 m² in the case of de-tached single-family houses.

(2.7.4(1) para 2) This provision covers the horizontal height-limiting plane.

(2.7.5(1)) In connection with plots for buildings other than detached single-family houses and holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas, land must be par-celled out, registered or transferred in ac-cordance with the provisions of 2.2.


2) No less than 1200 m² in the case of holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas; see the Planning Act.

2.7.6 Garages, carports, outbuildings and similar ancillary buildings 2.7.6(1) The following buildings must comply with the provisions of 2.7.2 and 2.7.3 and the buildings may be erected at a road or path or on a boundary or closer than 2.5 m of a road, path or boundary:

1) Garages and carports.

2) Roofed-over terraces which are not above ground level.

3) Greenhouses, sheds and similar ancil-lary buildings serving as outbuildings.

4) Storage tanks for heating oil and simi-lar installations which are necessary for running the building itself.

5) Plant and equipment houses for elec-tronic communications networks or services.

2.7.6(2) If the building is erected closer than 2.5 m to a road, path or boundary, the conditions in paras 1-4 must be satisfi ed:

1) No part of the external walls or roof of the building, including any fi re para-pet, may be higher than 2.5 m above ground level or the level plane set for the building within a distance of 2.5 m from the boundary.

(2.7.6(1)) This provision covers buildings which serve as outbuildings, including boiler rooms and storage tanks for heating oil and similar installations which are necessary for the operation of the building itself, and other outbuildings which norm-ally take the form of detached buildings.

This provision does not cover buildings used for habitation, kitchens and lavatories or bathrooms.

(2.7.6(2)) If the building does not comply with all the conditions of paras 1-4 of this provision, an overall assessment as indi-cated in 2.1 must be applied.

(2.7.6(2) para 1) Within 2.5 m of the bound-ary, the buildings may not exceed 2.5 m in height. Beyond 2.5 m and further into the plot, the height may not exceed 1.4 x the distance to a path or boundary.


2) The sides facing the boundary may not have a total length greater than 12.0 m. Only the longest sides of the buildings facing the boundary are counted.

3) No windows, doors or similar open-ings may be installed or formed facing the boundary.

4) Roof water must be retained within the building’s own plot.

2.7.6(3) In respect of holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas, build-ings covered by 2.7.6(1) must comply with the provisions of 2.7.4, and the buildings may be erected no less than 2.5 m from a boundary abutting a road, path or adjacent property, provided that the conditions of paras 1-4 have been met.

1) Within a distance of 2.5 to 5.0 m from the boundary, no part of the external walls or roof of the building, including any fi re parapet, may be higher than 2.5 m above ground level or the level plane set for the building.

2) The sides facing the boundary may not have a total length of more than 12.0 m. Only the longest side of the build-ings facing the boundary is taken into account here.

3) No windows, doors or other openings may be installed or formed facing the boundary.

4) Roof water must be retained within the building’s own plot.

(2.7.6(2) para 2) Overhangs in excess of 0.5 m must be added to the length of the build-ing. The length of a carport must be meas-ured 0.5 m inside the limit of the roof sur-face.

(2.7.6(3)) Holiday homes may not be built closer than 5.0 m to a boundary abutting a road, path or adjacent property.


2.7.7 Small buildings of no more than 10 m²2.7.7(1) Small buildings of no more than 10 m² are only subject to the provisions of 2.7.7.

2.7.7(2) Each title number is entitled to up to two small buildings provided that the conditions of paras 1-3 have been met:

1) The area of each building must not ex-ceed 10 m².

2) The distance to other buildings on the same title number must be no less than 2.5 m.

3) No part of the external walls or roof of the building may be higher than 2.5 m above ground level.

2.7.7(3) Small buildings in designated “summer house” areas may not be built closer than 2.5 m to a common boundary or path and must comply with the provi-sions of 2.7.7(2) paras 1-3.

2.7.8 Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings2.7.8(1) Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings connected with agri-cultural and forestry holdings situated in rural zones that do not require permission under the Planning Act may be built to a height of up to 12.5 m.

2.7.8(2) Silos erected as part of a large building of the type listed in 2.7.8(1) and

(2.7.7(1)) Small buildings which comply with the provisions of 2.7.7 may be built without a notice or building permit.

It should, however, be ascertained whether there are any private easements, declara-tions or public building lines, local plans or town planning by-laws etc. that may affect the erection of such buildings.

(2.7.8(1)) Heights are measured in accord-ance with the provisions of Appendix 1, B.1.1.4.

(2.7.8(2)) This provision also applies to free-standing silos built as part of a feeding system connected to the production build-ing via a transport system.


having a cross section of no more than 80 m² may be erected to a height of up to 20 m.

2.7.8(3) Market gardens and nurseries are also subject to the rules specifi ed in 2.7.8(1) for properties which it has not been possible to register as agricultural properties in the land register.

2.7.9 Plots in exceptional locations 2.7.9(1) In the case of conversions and ex-tensions on plots in exceptional locations built before 1 February 1977, the mu-nicipal council cannot refuse to approve a fl oor area pursuant to 2.5 if the plot ratio in the application does not exceed 50.

2.7.9(2) Buildings covered by 1.6(3) are not covered by 2.7.9(1).

2.7.9(3) Plots in exceptional locations; see 2.7.9(1), are:

1) corner plots;

2) roadside plots with a width of 15 m or more;

3) plots with a depth of no more than 25 m measured from the plot’s road-fa cing boundary.

3. Design, layout and fi tting out of buildings 48

3. Design, layout and fi tting out of buildings

3.1 General 3.1(1) Buildings must be so designed, laid out and fi tted out as to provide sat-isfactory operational conditions in terms of safety, health, accessibility and use by all people, and in terms of cleaning and maintenance.

3.1(2) In the case of conversions, the pro-visions of this Part 3 may be relaxed if the municipal council is satisfi ed that the conversion work cannot otherwise be car-ried out without extensive alterations to the building.

(3.1(1)) For more detailed guidance on the design, layout and fi tting out of buildings; see SBi Guidelines 195, “Boligers tilgænge-lighed” [Accessibility in dwellings], DS/INF 470 Directions for technical preven-tion of violence and vandalism and DS 471 Technical prevention against burglary.

DS manual 105 “Outdoor areas for all – Planning and design – Guidelines for pro-viding access for disabled people” contains guidelines for the design, layout and fi tting out of the physical environment to give disabled people greater independence, freedom of movement and safety.

The working environment legislation often includes other dimensional requirements for rooms, corridor widths and layout. This applies particularly to institutions/dwell-ings in which technical aids are used. The publication ”Indretning af ældreboliger til fysisk plejekrævende” [Design and layout of sheltered accommodation/dwellings adapted for assisted living for people with physical care needs] (The Danish Working Environment Authority et al.) contains guidance on appropriate provision.

(3.1(2)) If this provision applies, the con-version work must be carried out with the greatest possible provision for those with impaired mobility and orientation. Conver-sion work must otherwise provide a layout which is appropriate for its intended use.

The application of this provision also re-quires the municipal council to undertake a separate assessment of the conversion project, of the structures of the building and other constructional matters.

If the provisions of this Part 3 can be satisfi ed without extensive alterations to the building, the conditions for applying, as specifi ed in this provision, have not been met.


3.1(3) Holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas are not covered by the provisions of this Part 3.

3.2 Access /Accessibility

3.2.1 General 3.2.1(1) Access to buildings must ensure accessibility for all. Each dwelling and other unit must have direct access from the outside or via a shared access route from the outside.

3.2.1(2) External doors must provide level access to units and to any lifts on the ground fl oor (access fl oor) of the building. Any differences in levels must be evened out in the access area outside the build-ing. Ramps may be used. Outside exter-nal doors, there must be a horizontal, fi rm and level area of 1.5 m x 1.5 m, measured from the hinged side of the door. If the door opens outwards, there must be an additional 0.2 m along the facade of the building. The area outside external doors must be fl ush with the internal fl oor. The area outside external doors must have tac-tile markings or be of a different colour from the surrounding surface fi nish.

See Executive Order no. 1250 of 13 Decem-ber 2004 on accessibility measures in con-nection with alteration of existing buildings and the Danish Enterprise and Construc-tion Authority’s “Vejledning til kommunerne om byggesagsbehandling af tilgængelig-hedsbestemmelser” [Guidance to munici-pal authorities in respect of accessibility provisions in applications].

(3.1(3)) A designated “summer house” area is an area which is designated in the re-gional plan as a holiday home area.

(3.2.1(1)) With regard to ensuring access-ibility for all; see DS 3028 General acces-sibility, which gives examples of how buildings and structures as well as access to them can be made accessible to all in-cluding disabled people.

For access routes which are also escape routes; see Part 5 on fi re safety.

(3.2.1(2)) In addition to entrance doors, this provision covers doors on escape routes and emergency exits on the ground fl oor as well as garden, balcony and terrace doors. ”Level access” means that there may not be a step between the level (ground level) outside the building and the units on the ground fl oor and any lifts. Stair lifts, lifting platforms and loose footscrapers are not allowed under this provision. Doorsteps with a height of no more than 25 mm may be accepted. Entry telephones and intercom systems should be located at a height of between 90 and 120 cm above the fl oor/ground.


Entry telephones and intercom systems must acknowledge both audibly and visu-ally that the equipment has been activated, and that a connection has been made with the recipient. If the operating panel of an entry telephone or intercom system uses numbers, the number 5 must be marked with a tactile identifi cation.

3.2.1(3) Doors on shared access routes must have a clear width of no less than 0.77 m; see DS/EN 14351. If the door opens towards the person, there must be no less than 0.5 m on the side of the door opposite its hinged side. Doorsteps may be no more than 25 mm high.

(3.2.1(3)) This provision covers doors on shared access routes, including at least one door to each unit on each of the fl oors of the building.


3.2.1(4) In the case of detached single-family houses used solely for residential purposes, the municipal council may in individual cases waive the requirements of 3.2.1(1), (2) and (3) when the dwelling is built by the owner for his or her own use, or when warranted by the ground levels involved.

3.2.2 Shared access routes 3.2.2(1) Shared access routes must be suf-fi ciently wide for their intended use and must allow unobstructed passage across their full width and must be identifi ed by contrasting materials, colours or light-ing. The clear width must be no less than 1.3 m.

3.2.2(2) Shared access routes must pro-vide level access to all units on each fl oor in the building. Any steps and differ-ences in level must be compensated for by ramps. Ramps may not have a gradient of more than 1:20 (50 mm per metre) and there must be a level area of no less than 1.3 m x 1.3 m at both ends of the ramp.

(3.2.1(4)) It is up to the municipal council to decide whether to waive the requirements of 3.2.1(1), (2) and (3) in individual cases. “The owner’s own use” is deemed to mean that the building is built for occupation by the owner. Buildings erected for purposes such as renting out or for resale are not covered by this option to waive.

This provision does not cover houses used partly for business purposes. This refers to commercial activities which are often based in the home, such as hairdressing; offi ces of professionals such as estate agents, law-yers, accountants and architects; and childminding etc.

Ground level considerations include uneven or contoured sites where providing level access would require signifi cant earthworks in the access area.

(3.2.2(1)) Shared access routes serve two or more dwellings, offi ces, meeting rooms or other units and include storm porches, lob-bies, corridors, access balconies, covered access balconies, the space in front of lifts, ramps and landings both inside and outside the building, including the external area giving access to a basement.

The working environment legislation re-quires certain industrial buildings to be designed for use by particular vehicles such as trucks.

Most shared access routes are also escape routes and must therefore also comply with the provisions of Part 5 on fi re safety for escape routes.

(3.2.2(2)) This provision covers level ac-cess to lifts, dwelling and business units and shared areas, including outdoor recreation areas on the different fl oors.

Any steps and differences in level within units accessible by the public should be compensated for by ramps, chair lifts or similar.


Ramps to accommodate differences in level of more than 0.6 m must in addition be provided with a level landing for each 0.6 m rise. Ramps must be provided with handrails. Ramps with a gradient of 1:25 (40 mm per metre) or less do not need to be fi tted with handrails.

3.2.2(3) Stairs on shared access routes must be designed with suffi cient width and headroom for their intended use.

3.2.2(4) Stairs on shared access routes must have a gradient (going and rise) that makes them easy and safe to use. The rise of stairs may not exceed 180 mm. On straight fl ights and quarter-turn and half-turn staircases, the going may not be less than 280 mm, subject to a minimum of 250 mm in domestic buildings. On spiral and winding staircases, the going may not be less than 200 mm.

Balconies must be regarded as an inde-pendent unit. Terraces on the roof of the building are exempt from this requirement, provided they are not accessed by lifts.

(3.2.2(3)) This requirement may be met by building stairs with a clear width of no less than 1.0 m and headroom of no less than 2.1 m.

If there are only a few users, for example in two-family houses, the requirement may be satisfi ed by a clear width of no less than 0.9 m. If there are multiple users, the width should be increased accordingly.

The height must be measured above the walking line.

The clear width must be measured horizon-tally between the handrails or, if there is only a handrail on one side, between the wall, central newel post etc. and the hand-rail.

(3.2.2(4)) Stairs with a lesser gradient (lower rise and deeper going) than the specifi ed requirements are easier and safer to use. The going must be measured on the walking line, i.e. at the centre of the clear width of the staircase, but no more than 0.5 m from the inner handrail.

Staircases should be fi tted with risers and the outermost edge of the tread surface and the nosing should be marked in a contrast-ing colour.


3.2.2(5) Buildings with 3 storeys or more must be fi tted with at least one lift that can serve each fl oor, including any habitable loft space and basement. Single-family houses are exempt from this provision.

3.2.2(6) Buildings equipped with lifts must have at least one lift the size and construction of a type 2 lift in accord-ance with DS/EN 81-70 Safety rules for the construction and installation of lifts – Particular applications for passenger and goods lifts – Part 70: Accessibility – including disabled access – to lifts for people.

3.2.3 Guarding 3.2.3(1) Taking account of the use of the building, corridors, staircases and ramps on shared access routes as well as bal-conies, French windows, balcony doors, access balconies, air locks, roof terraces, external staircases and other elevated oc-cupiable areas must be secured by guard-ing and fi tted with handrails. Handrails must be easy to grip and hold onto.

(3.2.2(5)) A building with a ground, fi rst and second fl oor is deemed to be a three storey building. In this context, the base-ment is not included in the number of sto-reys.

(3.2.1(6)) This provision applies to each stairway in buildings with several stair-ways.

See the Danish Working Environment Au-thority executive order on the arrangement of lifts etc.

In the case of conversions, smaller lifts than those specifi ed, including mini-lifts, may be used if in the opinion of the municipal council the conversion work cannot other-wise be carried out without extensive al-terations to the building; see 3.1(2).

Note Part 8 on services for the installation of lifts.

(3.2.3(1)) This requirement may be com-plied with by fi tting handrails on both sides of stairs. Narrow staircases may be fi tted with a handrail on only one side if the clear-ance between the handrail and the wall, central newel post etc. is less than 1.1 m. Ramps with a gradient of between 1:20 and 1:25 may be fi tted with guarding instead of handrails without increasing the risk of sideways falls. Wide stairs and ramps should be divided by handrails at a distance of no more than 2 m.


3.2.3(2) The design of all types of guard-ing or railings must take account of the use of the building and make adequate safety provision for users. Guarding made of glass must comply with the provisions of Part 4 on structures.

3.3 Housing

3.3.1 Design, layout and fi tting out of dwellings3.3.1(1) The design and fi tting out of a dwelling, and the size and layout of indi-vidual rooms, must be such that both the dwelling as a whole and the indivi dual rooms are adequate for their intended use.

The municipal council may require docu-mentation of compliance with this re-quirement, for example, an exposition of furniture layout options.

3.3.1(2) In addition to habitable rooms, a dwelling must have a kitchen, bathroom and lavatory.

The height of the guarding or railing should be no less than 1.0 m. Guarding by stairs and ramps should be no less than 0.8 m in height; and no less than 0.9 m on landings. The height of guarding on stairs with a gap of more than 0.3 m, on access balconies and air locks should be increased as appropri-ate, but should be no less than 1.2 m.

Handrails should be continuous throughout fl ights and landings and must end horizon-tally. The underside of the staircase should be screened with guarding, leaving head-room of 2.2 m.

The height of the guarding and handrails must be measured above nosings and ramps.

(3.2.3(2)) The distance between balusters of all types, including vertical and horizon-tal balusters, must be such as to avoid causing physical injury.

Particular attention must be paid to ensur-ing that children cannot climb onto or be-come stuck between the balusters.

(3.3.1(1)) When fl ats are being laid out and fi tted out for residential purposes, the mu-nicipal council may, subject to a specifi c evaluation, impose stipulations for the provision of up-to-date dwellings of a reas-onable size and appropriate layout relative to the total area which it is proposed should be used.

This provision will fi rst and foremost be used for substantial conversions and changes of use of existing buildings.


3.3.1(3) The kitchen may be either a sepa-rate room or may form part of a habitable room; or it may be a cooking recess in residential units of less than 50 m².

3.3.1(4) There must be suffi cient storage space inside and outside blocks of fl ats and linked single-family houses for cloth-ing, kitchen utensils and other equipment, bicycles, pushchairs and prams, and space to wash and dry clothing.

3.3.1(5) Habitable rooms and kitchens must have suffi ciently high ceilings. The ceiling height must be determined with due consideration of the size and depth of the rooms and the location of windows in the dwelling.

3.3.1(6) The fl oor of habitable rooms and kitchens may not be lower than the ground outside. In the case of exceptional site conditions, this provision may be waived if the fl oor lies above ground level along at least one wall with a window.

(3.3.1(3)) In addition to space for storage and chilling of food, a kitchen must contain storage space for tableware, a sink with a drain and space for hotplates and food preparation.

(3.3.1(4)) In blocks of fl ats, provision must be made for drying clothing outside the dwelling for the sake of the indoor climate in the dwelling.

(3.3.1(5)) The larger and deeper the room, the higher the ceiling should be. In the case of blocks of fl ats a clear ceiling height of at least 2.5 m will satisfy this requirement.

If the rooms are of different heights, the ceiling height may be taken as the average height of the habitable rooms and kitchen of the dwelling. In the case of detached and linked single-family houses a clear ceiling height of at least 2.3 m will satisfy this re-quirement.

If the ceiling is not horizontal, the ceiling height must be measured as the average height, counting only headroom of 2.1 m and above. In the case of rooms with slop-ing walls, a ceiling height of at least 2.3 m over at least 3.5 m² of the fl oor area will satisfy this requirement.

(3.3.1(6)) The drawing shows an example of where this requirement has been waived, as the fl oor along the entirety of a window wall is above ground level.


3.3.1(7) Kitchens must have suffi cient room for kitchen tasks to be carried out in a practical, safe manner.

3.3.1(8) Mezzanine platforms (galleries/sleeping platforms) are not deemed to be separate habitable rooms if their fl oor area does not exceed 4.5 m².

3.3.2 Bathrooms and lavatories3.3.2(1) The dwelling must have at least one lavatory at entry level, with level

(3.3.1(7)) This requirement may be com-plied with by a clear area in front of work-places and storage spaces of no less than 1.1 m. A greater clearance improves com-fort and user-friendliness.

In rooms with a sloping ceiling, headroom of at least 2.1 m at the front edge of work-places and storage spaces will satisfy this requirement.

For appropriate kitchen layouts for people with impaired mobility SBi Guidelines 195, “Boligers tilgængelighed” [Accessibility in dwellings].

(3.3.1(8)) This is subject to the mezzanine platform (sleeping platform/gallery) being open to the room into which it is built. The fl oor area only includes that part with headroom of 1.0 m and above.

There may be two or more such mezzanine platforms (sleeping platforms/galleries) with an area of no more than 4.5 m2, but if they are not to be deemed to be separate habitable rooms, they must not be inter-nally connected, which means that there must be separate accesses to the mezzanine platforms (sleeping platforms/galleries).

If several mezzanine platforms (sleeping platforms/galleries) are interconnected, the area of these must be added together.

(3.3.2(1)) This requirement may be satisfi ed by a clearance of no less than 1.1 m from


access and appropriate layout and dimen-sions.

3.3.2(2) There must be a washbasin in the lavatory or the anteroom for the lavatory.

3.3.3 Door widths3.3.3(1) Doors on the access fl oor of a dwelling must have a clear width of no less than 0.77 m.

3.3.4 Corridor widths 3.3.4(1) Storm porches, entrance halls, corridors and similar access spaces must be laid out so as to allow unobstructed passage across their full width.

sanitary fi ttings such as the washbasin and WC. Greater clearance improves comfort and user-friendliness.

For appropriate layouts for people with impaired mobility; see SBi Guidelines 195, “Boligers tilgængelighed” [Access ibility in dwellings].

(3.3.3(1)) This provision applies to external doors, doors to storm porches, entrance halls, corridors and similar access spaces and at least one door to each habitable room, kitchen, bathroom and lavatory on the access fl oor of the dwelling.

(3.3.4(1)) This requirement may be com-plied with by a clear width of no less than 1.0 m in the access spaces. If there are doors or cupboard doors at the sides of a circulation space, the width of that space should be increased by at least 0.3 m. Greater clearance improves comfort and user-friendliness.


3.4 Buildings other than domestic buildings

3.4.1 General3.4.1(1) To the extent that other buildings may be comparable with domestic build-ings, the provisions of 3.3 on the design, layout and fi tting out of dwellings apply to these buildings.

The provisions of 3.3 also apply if the municipal council considers that they are compatible with the requirements that ap-ply in view of the function of the build-ing.

3.4.1(2) In buildings containing places of work which are subject to the Working Environment Act, the design, layout and fi tting out of working areas must comply with the requirements of 3.4.2, and lava-tories, bathrooms/showers and ancillary spaces must be provided in accordance with the provisions of 3.4.3 and 3.4.4.

The place of work must also comply with the requirements of the Ministry of La-bour executive order on the conditions at permanent places of work in respect of circulation routes and areas, working areas, temperature conditions etc., venti-lation, lighting, maintenance and cleaning as well as welfare provisions, including dining areas, washbasins, cloakrooms, changing rooms, bathrooms/showers, rest areas and sleeping accommodation.

3.4.1(3) In farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings in which places of work covered by the Working Environment Act

(3.4.1(2)) Section 61 of the Ministry of La-bour executive order on the conditions at permanent places of work identifi es the types of industrial buildings for which ap-plications are processed by the municipal council without involving the Danish Work-ing Environment Authority. The executive order is included in Appendix 2. In conjunc-tion with the executive order, the Danish Working Environment Authority has issued a number of guidelines and instructions to which reference is made.

Note that exemption in pursuance of section 22 of the Building Act may only be granted by the municipal council within its sphere of competency under the Building Act.


are set up, the workplace must be laid out in accordance with the Ministry of La-bour executive order on the conditions at permanent places of work.

3.4.1(4) Buildings not covered by the provisions of 3.3 or 3.4.1(1)-(3) must be laid out in accordance with such health and safety requirements as the municipal council may impose in each individual case in respect of design, layout and fi t-ting out of the buildings.

3.4.1(5) On storeys in buildings where the lavatories provided are accessible to the public or are designated for people other than those employed in the building, at least one lavatory must comply with the provisions of 3.4.1(5) paras 1-7. At least one lavatory which complies with paras 1-7 must be provided on the ground fl oor or on other fl oors which are accessible by lift, stair lift etc.

1) The clear width of a door to a lavatory must be no less than 0.77 m.

2) The washbasin and WC must be fi tted at the corners of two adjoining walls such that the washbasin can be reached by a person on the WC.

3) There must be a clear distance of no less than 0.9 m on the side of the WC that faces away from the washbasin. No fi xed furniture must be mounted on the wall next to the WC that faces away from the washbasin.


4) There must be a clear manoeuvring area with a diameter of 1.5 m in front of the WC, clear of the opening arc of the door.

5) The toilet seat must be at a height of 48 cm.

6) Lifting armrests must be fi tted at a height of 0.8 m on both sides of the WC.

7) The washbasin must be fi tted at a height of approx. 0.8 m, with the drain recessed below the washbasin.

3.4.1(6) In the case of conversions, lavato-ries pursuant to 3.4.1(5) must be laid out so that they can be used by people in wheel-chairs. At least one lavatory which can be used by people in wheelchairs must be pro-vided on the ground fl oor or on other fl oors which are accessible by lift, stair lift etc.

3.4.1(7) In publicly accessible areas and premises with fi xed audience seating, an appropriate number of seats must be pro-vided for wheelchair users.

3.4.2 Working areas3.4.2(1) The size, ceiling height and vol-ume of working areas must be suffi cient to allow work to proceed in a safe man-ner as appropriate for the function of the areas and the number of people normally working there.

(3.4.1(7)) This provision covers concert halls, cinemas, theatres, churches, sports venues etc. which have fi xed audience seat-ing. Spaces for wheelchair users should be distributed amongst other audience seating such that the disabled and able-bodied can sit together.

An appropriate proportion of the total number of seats is 1%, but no fewer than two spaces.

(3.4.2(1)) Compliance with this require-ment may be achieved even in small work-ing areas by providing headroom of at least 2.5 m and a volume of no less than 12 m³ per person working in the area.

If there are likely to be a signifi cant number of people in an area who are not working there, the volume must be increased to suit the number of such people.


3.4.2(2) The area and volume of normal classrooms in schools etc. as well as in occupiable rooms in day nurseries must be suffi cient for the number of children and employees in the institution.

Occupiable rooms in day nurseries must have a clear fl oor area of no less than 3 m² per nursery-age child and 2 m² per pre-school child.

Normal classrooms in schools etc. must, subject to the provision of effective venti-lation, have a volume of no less than 6 m3 per person.

3.4.2(3) The fl oor in occupiable rooms in day nurseries and residential child-care settings and in normal classrooms in schools etc. may not be lower than the ground outside. In the case of exceptional site conditions, this requirement may be waived if the fl oor lies above the ground along at least one window wall.

3.4.3 Dining areas3.4.3(1) Where a dining area is required due to the nature of the work, it must be conveniently located in relation to the workplaces.

The municipal council may permit a reduc-tion in volume if the room is provided with effective mechanical ventilation, but in such cases the volume should not be less than 8 m³ per person.

Under the Working Environment Act, a working area is any area in which work is performed.

(3.4.2(2)) The calculation of volume must only include those parts of the room where headroom is suffi cient for accommodating workplaces.

The calculation must also allow for any signifi cant reduction in volume due to ma-chinery, furniture and stored items etc.

Any part of the room that is more than 4.0 m above the fl oor must not be included in the calculation of the volume.

For ventilation in day nurseries and normal classrooms in schools etc.; see 6.3.1.3 (1)-(2).

(3.4.2(3)) The drawing shows an example of where this requirement may be waived, as the fl oor along the entirety of a window wall is above ground level.

(3.4.3(1)) Under the Working Environment Act, a dining area must normally be provided if more than three people are employed at the place of work at the same time.

Dining areas may not open directly onto a lavatory or the anteroom of a lavatory.


3.4.3(2) Dining areas must be provided with a sink and cooking facilities, and with windows which afford a view of the surroundings.

3.4.4 Lavatories3.4.4(1) Access from working and occupi-able rooms to a lavatory must be through an anteroom.

3.4.4(2) The number of WCs must be ap-propriate for the number of employees.

3.4.4(3) Lavatories or their anterooms must be provided with washbasins.

3.4.4(4) In offi ce and administrative buildings, at least one lavatory on each fl oor on which lavatories are fi tted must comply with the requirements of 3.4.4(4) paras 1-7.

1) The clear width of a door to a lavatory must be no less than 0.77 m.

2) The washbasin and WC must be fi tted at the corners of two adjoining walls such that the washbasin can be reached by a person on the WC.

3) There must be a clear distance of no less than 0.9 m on the side of the WC that faces away from the washbasin. No fi xed furniture must be mounted

(3.4.4(1)) The anteroom may be shared by several lavatories.

(3.4.4(2)) This requirement may be com-plied with by providing at least one WC for every 15 employees. If urinals are provided for men, the number of WCs may be reduced to one for every 20 employees. In such cases, there should be at least one urinal for every 20 men.

Separate WCs should be provided for men and women unless each individual WC is installed in a separate room with an ante-room which does not contain urinals.


on the wall next to the WC that faces away from the washbasin.

4) There must be a clear manoeuvring area with a diameter of 1.5 m in front of the WC, clear of the opening arc of the door.

5) The toilet seat must be at a height of 48 cm.

6) Lifting armrests must be fi tted at a height of 0.8 m on both sides of the WC.

7) The washbasin must be fi tted at a height of approx. 0.8 m, with the drain recessed below the washbasin

At least one lavatory laid out in accord-ance with paras 1-7 must be provided on the ground fl oor or on other fl oors with access via a lift, stair lift etc.

3.4.4(5) In the case of conversions, lava-tories pursuant to 3.4.4(4) must be laid out so that they can be used by people in wheelchairs. At least one lavatory which can be used by people in wheelchairs must be provided on the ground fl oor or on other fl oors which are accessible by lift, stair lift etc.

3.4.5 Shower/bathrooms and changing rooms3.4.5(1) If shower/bathrooms are required by 3.4.1(2), the number of showers, which must be suitably laid out, must be appropriate for the number of employees. Changing rooms must be provided in con-junction with shower/bathrooms.

(3.4.5(1)) This requirement can be satisfi ed by providing at least one shower for every 10 employees. Changing rooms should be screened from shower/bathrooms.


3.4.5(2) Lavatories must be provided in conjunction with shower/bathrooms.

3.4.5(3) In the case of work which is dirty or injurious to the health, business and industrial workplaces must provide an appropriate number of freely accessible washbasins.

3.4.5(4) Shower/bathrooms and other rooms with washing facilities must be fi t-ted with fl oor gullies.

3.5 Hotels etc. 3.5(1) In the case of hotels, inns and the like, at least one fi fth of the bedspaces with en suite facilities must have wheel-chair access in accordance with 3.3.2 (1).

3.5(2) Pursuant to 3.5(1), buildings with 10-20 bedspaces must provide at least two fully wheelchair-accessible bedspaces with en suite facilities. Pursuant to 3.5(1), buildings with 21-40 bedspaces must pro-vide at least 4 fully wheelchair-accessible bedspaces with en suite facilities.

Under the Working Environment Act, there must be separate men’s and women’s shower/bathrooms or provision for men and women to use the shower/bathroom individually.

(3.4.5(3)) This requirement may be satisfi ed by providing at least one washbasin for every 5 employees. Washbasins in lavato-ries or lockable anterooms are not included in this number of washbasins.

(3.5(2)) A “bedspace” is defi ned as a bed standing on the fl oor. Folding, sofa and bunk beds do not count as bedspaces. Beds over 140 cm wide count as double beds.

The design, layout and fi tting out of access-ible bedspaces with en suite facilities should include:

– level access to the room and to the WC and bathroom.

– a clear manoeuvring area with a diameter of 1.5 m clear of the opening arc of the door; this applies both to the sleeping ac-commodation and to the WC and bath-room.

– a clear width of at least 0.77 m in door-ways to the room and WC and bathroom.


3.5(3) In accordance with 3.5(1) buildings with more than 40 bedspaces must have at least one fully wheelchair-accessible bed-space with en suite facilities for each ad-ditional 20 bedspaces.

3.5(4) Buildings with at least 10 fully wheelchair-accessible bedspaces with en suite facilities will comply with the re-quirements of 3.5(1)-(3) irrespective of the total number of bedspaces.

3.5(5) As indicated in 3.5(1), balconies connected with rooms must be so de-signed as to be accessible to and useable by disabled people.

– washbasin and WC fi tted at the corner of two adjoining walls such that the washbasin can be reached by a person on the WC.

– a clear distance of at least 0.9 m on the side of the WC that faces away from the washbasin. No fi xed furniture mounted on the wall next to the WC that faces away from the washbasin.

– the toilet seat at a height of 48 cm.

– lifting armrests at a height of 0.8 m on both sides of the WC.

– making available a height-adjustable bathing chair or another solution that en-sures that wheelchair users sitting at a height of 48 cm with armrests can use the bathing facilities.

– a step of no more than 25 mm between the bathroom fl oor and shower cubicle. See also 4.6(5).

4. Structures 66

4. Structures

4.1 General 4.1(1) Buildings must be constructed so as to provide satisfactory conditions in terms of function, safety, sustainability and health.

Buildings must be constructed in accord-ance with best practice, using materials which are appropriate for the purpose.

4.1(2) Load-bearing structures must be designed to withstand normally occurring static and dynamic loads.

4.1(3) Foundations must be taken down to frost-free depth and load-bearing ground or must otherwise be constructed so as to prevent damage resulting from earth sur-face movements.

Beds for sewer pipes and drainpipes, foundation structures etc. must be frost-proofed.

4.1(4) Roofs and skylights in roofs must be suffi ciently protected against people on the roof treading through them.

4.1(5) Climate control measures essential to the proper construction of the building must be taken as necessary during plan-ning, design, tendering for and erection of its load-bearing structures.

(4.1(1)) Proper and workmanlike construc-tion of building works includes not only load-bearing capacity, health and safety provisions and a given durability, but also measures against rats and other pests.

The provisions also cover the construction period. To comply with the provisions, measures to prevent collapse etc. during construction must be taken. Load-bearing structures which are founded directly on the subsoil must be protected against radon; see Part 6 on radon proofi ng. The whole construction must be airtight to reduce en-ergy consumption; see Part 7 on energy consumption.

(4.1(2)) Sound insulation may be subject to design considerations.

(4.1(3)) Solutions for external frost protec-tion of foundations must be suffi ciently ro-bust and reliable to maintain frost protec-tion throughout the lifetime of the building.

(4.1(5)) This provision includes ensuring that wet moisture-sensitive materials as well as materials and building elements which are affected by mould are not incorporated during the construction period. This may be achieved by, for example, constructing in fully enclosed conditions and by appropriate storage of building materials.

4. Structures 67

4.1(6) Building structures and materials may not have a moisture content which is liable to increase the risk of mould growth on moving in.

4.2 Design of structures 4.2(1) Structures must be designed either in accordance with the codes of practice with supplements specifi ed in 4.2(2) or the Eurocodes with associated Danish an-nexes as listed in 4.2(3).

Adequate quality assurance procedures are also of great signifi cance in this context. See the executive order on building and civil engineering works in the period 1 November to 31 March issued by the Dan-ish Enterprise and Construction Authority.

The functional requirement may, for exam-ple, be complied with by:

– focusing during the planning and design phase on avoiding materials and construc-tional solutions that are unduly moisture-sensitive.

– explicitly allocating time in the client’s tendering plan and time schedule for all necessary drying out of building materials and structures.

– the client carrying out a cost-benefi t analysis, in advance of tendering if possi-ble, of the benefi ts of fully enclosing the building during construction and prescrib-ing total enclosure if it is fi nancially viable, or where the tender documents specify particularly moisture-sensitive materials or constructional solutions.

– the client, when tendering trade contracts, providing shared facilities for storage of moisture-sensitive materials.

(4.1(6)) This requirement minimises the risk of moving into overly damp buildings and the risk of growth of mould, in both new builds and renovation projects. When de-termining the critical moisture content of the material, account must be taken of any surface dirt.

This requirement must be read in conjunc-tion with 4.1(5).

(4.2(1)) A row of linked single-family houses (semi-detached houses and terraced houses) may be designed as one building, regardless of types of ownership and regis-tration of title.

4. Structures 68

4.2(2) Up to 31 December 2008, struc-tures may be designed on the basis of the following codes of practice with supple-ments:

DS 409 Basis of structural design

DS 410:1998 Code of practice for loads for the design of structures

DS 411 Code of practice for the structural use of concrete

DS 412 Code of practice for the structural use of steel

DS 413 Code of practice for the structural use of timber

DS 414 Code of practice for the structural use of masonry

DS 415 Code of practice for foundation engineering

DS 419 Code of practice for the structural use of aluminium

DS 420 Code of practice for the structural use of lightweight concrete

DS 446 Code of practice for the structural use of thin-plate steel structures

DS 451 Code of practice for the structural use of composite

4.2(3) From 31 December 2008, struc-tures must be designed on the basis of the following Eurocodes with associated Danish annexes:

(4.2(2)-(4)) In accordance with 1.4(5), the municipal council may demand that calcu-lations for the load-bearing structures be certifi ed by a structural engineer accredited under the rules specifi ed in Appendix 3. An independent accredited structural engineer must review designs with a high safety class; see DS 409.

4. Structures 69

EN 1990 Basis of structural design, with EN 1990 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-1 Densities, self-weight, imposed loads for buildings, with EN 1991-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-2 Actions on structures ex-posed to fi re, with EN 1991-1-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-3 Snow loads, with EN 1991-1-3 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-4 Wind actions, with EN 1991-1-4 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-5 Thermal actions, with EN 1991-1-5 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-6 Actions during execution, with EN 1991-1-6 DK NA:2007

EN 1991-1-7 Accidental actions, with EN 1991-1-7 DK NA:2007

EN 1992-1-1 Design of concrete struc-tures, General rules and rules for build-ings, with EN 1992-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1992-1-2 Design of concrete struc-tures, Structural fi re design, with EN 1992-1-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-1 Design of steel structures, General rules and rules for buildings, with EN 1993-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-2 Design of steel structures, Structural fi re design, with EN 1993-1-2 DK NA:2007

4. Structures 70

EN 1993-1-3 Design of steel structures, Cold-formed members and sheeting, with EN 1993-1-3 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-4 Design of steel structures, Supplementary rules for stainless steel, with EN 1993-1-4 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-5 Design of steel structures, Plated structural elements, with EN 1993-1-5 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-6 Design of steel structures, Strength and stability of shell structures, with EN 1993-1-6 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-7 Design of steel structures, Plated structures subject to out of plane loading, with EN 1993-1-7 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-8 Design of steel structures, Design of joints, with EN 1993-1-8 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-9 Design of steel structures, Fatigue, with EN 1993-1-9 DK NA:2007

EN 1993-1-10 Design of steel structures, Material toughness and through-thick-ness properties, with EN 1993-1-10 DK NA:2007

EN 1994-1-1 Design of composite steel and concrete structures, General rules and rules for buildings, with EN 1994-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1994-1-2 Design of composite steel and concrete structures, Structural fi re de-sign, with EN 1994-1-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1995-1-1 Design of timber structures,

4. Structures 71

Common rules and rules for buildings, with EN 1995-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1995-1-2 Design of timber structures, Structural fi re design, with EN 995-1-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1996-1-1 Design of masonry struc-tures, General rules for reinforced and unreinforced masonry structures, with EN 1996-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1996-1-2 Design of masonry struc-tures, Structural fi re design, with EN 1996-1 2 DK NA:2007

EN 1996-2 Design of masonry structures, Design considerations, selection of mate-rials and execution of masonry, with EN 1996-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1997-1 Geotechnical design, General rules, with EN 1997-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1999-1 design of aluminium struc-tures, General structural rules, with EN 1999-1-1 DK NA:2007

EN 1999-1-2 Design of aluminium struc-tures, Structural fi re design, with EN 1999-1-2 DK NA:2007

EN 1999-1-3 Design of aluminium struc-tures, Structures susceptible to fatigue, with EN 1999-1-3 DK NA:2007

4.2(4) DS/EN 206-1 Concrete, specifi ca-tion, performance, production and con-formity and DS 2426 Concrete – Materi-als – Rules for application of DS/EN 206 in Denmark shall be used for the design of concrete structures.

4. Structures 72

4.2(5) The provisions listed in 4.2(2) and 4.2(3) may be derogated from provided that the municipal council is given docu-mentary evidence that such derogation is safe.

4.2(6) When materials and constructions not covered by the codes of practice listed in 4.2(2) or Eurocodes listed in 4.2(3) are used, documentation must be provided demonstrating that satisfactory safety conditions are in place.

4.2(7) When materials and constructions not covered by the codes of practice listed in 4.2(1) are used, documentation must be provided demonstrating that the safety level achieved at least matches the re-quirements of DS 409.

4.2(8) Garages, carports, roofed-over ter-races, outbuildings, greenhouses and sim-ilar buildings; and plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks; or services with an area of no more than 50 m² may be built without fi g-ures and calculations demonstrating their strength and stability.

4.2(9) The requirements of 4.2(1) ap-ply to nursery/market garden hothouses/greenhouses and to canopied farm slurry lagoons, subject to the relaxation that the requirements in respect of snow loads may be reduced by 65%.

(4.2(5)) By way of example of deviation from the codes of practice listed in 4.2(2) and Eurocodes listed in 4.2(3), designs may, until 31 December 2008, be presented in accordance with DS 409:1998 and its associated codes of practice for loads and materials. The prerequisite for such dero-gation is that the level of safety is equivalent to that specifi ed by the codes of practice listed in 4.2(2) or 4.2(3).

(4.2(6)) It may be advantageous to include test results, standards or generally recog-nised guidance notes in the documentation provided that the safety level, including any third party monitoring, is equivalent to that specifi ed in 4.2(2) and 4.2(3).

(4.2(7)) It may be advantageous to include test results, relevant Eurocodes, standards or generally recognised guidance notes in the documentation provided that the safety level, including any third party monitoring, is equivalent to that specifi ed in the codes of practice listed in 4.2(1).

(4.2(8)) These buildings are still covered by 4.1.

(4.2(9)) Hothouses/greenhouses may be designed and built on the basis of standard drawings of hothouses/greenhouses pre-pared by Dansk Gartneri [the Danish Nursery Trade Association].

4. Structures 73

4.2(10) In the case of farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agri-cultural occupations, small-scale exten-sions of up to 200 m² fl oor area to exist-ing farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings may, irrespective of the provi-sions of this Part 4, be built in the same construction as the existing building.

4.2(11) In the case of wind turbines, the re-quirements of this Part 4 may be deemed to have been fulfi lled if the wind turbine is built in accordance with the approval granted un-der the executive order on the technical cer-tifi cation scheme for the design, manufac-ture and installation of wind turbines issued by the Danish Energy Authority.

4.3 Glazed panels, glass surfaces and structural glazing 4.3(1) Glazed panels, glass surfaces and structural glazing must be designed and constructed so as to provide satisfactory safeguards against personal injury.

(4.2(10)) Buildings may be designed and built on the basis of the “Landbrugets Byg-geblade” [Agricultural Building leafl ets] issued by Dansk Landbrugsrådgivning, Landscentret, Byggeri og Teknik [the Dan-ish Agricultural Advice Service, National Centre, Building and Technology].

(4.3(1)) This provision covers design and construction of glass in roofs, walls, facades, doors, windows, ceilings, guardings etc.

Glazed panels in walls as well as glazed doors and glazed panels adjoining doors should be clearly marked or screened. Markings must be at a height that takes account of those with visual impairment.

Guarding fi tted to glazed panels as a pre-caution against personal injury must be constructed in accordance with the provi-sions of Part 3.

See also DS/INF 119 Glass in buildings – Guidelines for the selection and the use of safety glass – Personal safety.

4. Structures 74

4.4 Playground equipment etc.4.4(1) Playground equipment etc. in play-grounds that are accessible to the public must be designed and built with satisfac-tory health and safety provision for the prevention of personal injury.

4.5 Accessible layout of user-operated installations4.5(1) User-operated installations such as IT points, ATMs and self-service ma-chines and similar installations for pub-lic-interfacing service functions must be designed and laid out so that they can be used by people with impaired functional abilities.

4.5(2) The access area in front of the user-operated installations specifi ed in 4.5(1) must be at least 1.3 m wide, and any dif-ferences in levels in the access area must be adjusted.

4.5(3) The user-operated installations specifi ed in 4.5(1) must be installed at a height that allows them to be operated by a person in a wheelchair.

4.6 Moisture and durability 4.6(1) Buildings must be built so as to prevent water, moisture and damp from causing damage or undermining service-ability, impairing durability and vitiating health and safety conditions; see also Part 6 on indoor climate.

(4.4(1)) See DS/EN 1176, parts 1-7, Play-ground Equipment and DS/EN 1177 – Im-pact-absorbing playground surfacing – Safety requirements and test methods, as well as DS/EN 12572 Artifi cial climbing structures – protection points, stability re-quirements and test methods. These state the specifi cations which must be met in or-der to protect as far as possible against the risks associated with children using play-ground apparatus. Other technical specifi -cations may also be used provided they give equally satisfactory safety conditions. This provision also applies to skateboarding ramps etc.

(4.5(1)) The user-operated installations covered by this provision correspond to the limitations specifi ed in section 2(2) and (3) of the Building Act and the exceptions in 1.2 hereof.

(4.5(2)) This requirement corresponds to the access requirement in respect of unde-veloped areas for buildings specifi ed in Part 2. This requirement may be complied with by evening out the ground level or by providing ramps as specifi ed in Part 3.

(4.5(3)) This requirement may also be satis-fi ed by installing height-adjustable units.

(4.6(1)) Moisture effects may arise from rain, snow, surface water, groundwater, soil moisture, construction moisture, domestic water and humidity of the air, including moisture condensation.

4. Structures 75

4.6(2) Buildings must be protected against detrimental accumulations of moisture condensation as a result of the movement of moisture-laden indoor air.

Buildings must also be protected against absorption of ground moisture.

4.6(3) Measures must be taken to divert surface water from around buildings, including any roof water discharged at ground level.

Measures must be taken to protect the building against ingress of water from groundwater and percolating surface wa-ter.

If drainage is used, this must be in accord-ance with the DS 436 Code of practice for the groundwater drainage of structures.

4.6(4) The building envelope must be built so as to seal it against ingress of rain and snow melt water.

Roofs must be built so as to allow rain and melt water from snow to run off in an appropriate manner. Roof water must be discharged into drains via gutters and/or rainwater downpipes. Unless the mu-nicipal council requires otherwise in in-dividual cases, gutters may be omitted from buildings in particularly open loca-tions, including holiday homes, and from garages, outbuildings and similar small buildings, provided the roof water does not represent a nuisance to a stretch of road or to an adjacent plot.

(4.6(3)) For drainage systems; see 8.4.3.

(4.6(4)) The “building envelope” includes in this context roofs, external walls, doors, windows and ground slab (including any basement external walls and basement fl oors).

This will normally be achieved if the roof surface has a gradient of more than 1:40, corresponding to 2.5 cm per metre.

In the interests of groundwater resources and the operation of wastewater treatment plants, surface water and roof water may, subject to the approval of the municipal council, be discharged into a soakaway rather than the sewers; see the executive order on wastewater permits etc. issued by the Ministry of the Environment pursuant to Parts 3 and 4 of the Environmental Protec-tion Act.

4. Structures 76

4.6(5) Wet rooms, including bathrooms, utility rooms and lavatories with fl oor gullies must comply with the following provisions:

1) Floors and walls must be constructed so as to resist the moisture and mech-anical and chemical effects that nor-mally occur in wet rooms.

2) Floors and fl ooring, including joints, connections, pipe penetrations etc. must be watertight.

3) Walls and wall cladding, including joints, connections, pipe penetrations etc., must be watertight in the part of the room which is subject to the effects of water.

4) Water on the fl oor must drain away into a fl oor gully.

5) No pipe penetrations may be made in any part of a wet room which is expect-ed to be regularly affected by water.

6) If stud walls and fl oor and wall con-structions containing timber or other organic materials are used, an ade-quate waterproofi ng system must be in place.

4.7 Building sites 4.7(1) Building sites must be laid out so as to avoid causing nuisance to nearby plots or the public and private road and footpath areas.

Access to sites must be appropriately sur-faced and maintained.

(4.6(5)) Note that a lavatory without a fl oor gully is not deemed to be a wet room.

The areas in and around shower cubicles and bathtubs may be expected to be regu-larly subjected to the effects of water.

The By og Byg (SBi) Guidelines 200 describe how fl oors and walls in wet rooms can be built, with examples of planning, design and construction of bathrooms in new and old dwellings.

(4.7(1)) Executive Order no. 589 of 22 June 2001 on the layout of building sites and similar places of work issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority and the executive order on building and civil engin-eering works during the period from 1 No-vember to 31 March issued by the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority also apply.

4. Structures 77

4.7(2) Satisfactory fi re precautions must be in place on building sites and while building work is in progress.

(4.7(2)) See inter alia circular no. 2 of 6 January 1994 on instructions for fi re pre-cautions during building work on listed buildings issued by the National Building and Housing Agency and Fire Technology Guideline no. 10, Hot work, issued by the Danish Institute of Fire Technology (DBI).

5. Fire safety 78

5. Fire safety

5.1 General 5.1(1) Buildings must be constructed, laid out and fi tted out so as to achieve satisfac-tory protection against fi re and the spread of fi re to other buildings on the same and neighbouring plots. There must be appro-priate provision for rescuing people and for fi ghting fi res. Livestock housing must also have appropriate provision for rescu-ing animals.

(5.1(1)) The scope of fi re safety documenta-tion is specifi ed in 1.4.

For fi re safety measures in traditional buildings; see the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority’s “Eksempelsam-ling om brandsikring af byggeri” [Collated Examples of fi re safety measures in build-ings]; and for more non-traditional build-ings see the Danish Enterprise and Con-struction Authority’s “Information om brandteknisk dimensionering” [Informa-tion on structural fi re design].

For fi re safety measures in livestock hous-ing, including agricultural buildings used for live-stock; see building leafl ets issued by Dansk Landbrugsrådgivning, Lands-centret [the Danish Agricultural Advice Service, National Centre].

Buildings in which many people assemble and buildings used for activities involving a high risk of fi re or for the storage of fl am-mable items are also subject to current legis lation in respect of contingency plan-ning.

For fi re safety measures in respect of single-family houses, terraced houses and holiday homes Appendix 5, which has been prepared with a view to subsequent incorporation in the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority’s “Eksempelsamling om brand-sikring af byggeri” [Collated examples of fi re safety measures in buildings].

The basic premise of the provisions of the Building Act is the safety of people and ani-mals. The provisions thus ensure the means of evacuating people and animals, as ex-pressed in the provisions of the Building Regulations. This does not mean, however, that the value of a building erected under the fi re provisions is not protected. The require-ments in respect of personal safety and fa-cilitating fi refi ghting and rescue activity are very closely linked with the risk of the spread of fi re and stability of the building, which is

5. Fire safety 79

5.1(2) The fi re safety of a building must be maintained throughout the lifetime of the building.

5.1(3) Allotment sheds are exempt from fi re safety requirements.

5.1(4) Nursery/market garden hothouses/greenhouses, farm buildings and agricul-ture-related buildings for the agricultural occupations not used for housing livestock are exempt from the provisions on fi re safety measures specifi ed in 5.3 and 5.4.

5.1.1 Usage categories5.1.1(1) A building section must be as-signed to one of the following usage cat-egories depending on the use of the build-ing section:

also critical to protecting its value. If a very high degree of protection of value is re-quired, however, it may be necessary to provide additional measures directed spe-cifi cally at protecting the value.

(5.1(2)) For the fi re safety of a building to be maintained throughout the lifetime of the building, the fi re safety installations and building elements must be continuously checked and maintained. Note also that conversions or other alterations to the building must not be in breach of the rules governing fi re safety. Similarly, change of use of the building may necessitate modifi -cation of existing fi re safety measures.

(5.1(3)) The siting of an allotment shed relative to its neighbours must make allow-ance for the risk of the spread of fi re between the buildings.

(5.1.1(1)) A building section is one or more rooms with a comparable fi re risk. Building sections also include corridors, staircases and rooms directly connected to the build-ing section concerned, for example small offi ces, stores and lavatories.

A building may contain one or more build-ing sections. ”A few people” normally means no more than 50 people in each room which comprises its own fi re-resisting unit.

A building section may consist of one or more fi re-resisting units, which may be one or more fi re compartments. A fi re compart-ment is one or more rooms from which fi re cannot spread to other fi re compartments within the time required for evacuation and for the emergency services to rescue people in adjacent fi re compartments.

5. Fire safety 80

– Usage category 1 comprises building sections for daily occupancy, in which the people who normally occupy the building section are all familiar with the escape routes from the building section and capable of taking them-selves unaided to a place of safety.

– Usage category 2 comprises building sections for daily occupancy by a few people in each room, in which the people who occupy the building sec-tion are not necessarily familiar with the escape routes from the building section but are capable of taking them-selves unaided to a place of safety.

– Usage category 3 comprises building sections for daily occupancy by large numbers of people, in which the people who occupy the building section are not necessarily familiar with the es-cape routes from the building section but are capable of taking themselves unaided to a place of safety.

– Usage category 4 comprises build-ing sections for night time occupancy, in which the people who occupy the

A fi re-resisting unit may also consist of one or more fi re compartments. A fi re section is a building or part of a building laid out such that fi re cannot spread to other fi re sections in the time required for evacuation and for the emergency services to rescue people and extinguish the fi re.

The following are examples of which build-ing sections are typically assigned to indi-vidual usage categories.

Note that it is the actual use that determines which usage category will apply to the building section.

Usage category 1: Offi ces, industrial and warehouse buildings, farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agri-cultural occupations, certain car parks on one or more fl oors, garages, carports and outbuildings, plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks and services.

Usage category 2: Teaching rooms, school day-care centres and other after-school facilities, day centres etc. occupied by no more than 50 people. Each room is a fi re-resisting unit.

Usage category 3: Shops, assembly halls, canteens, cinemas, restaurants, function rooms, certain parts of schools, sports halls, churches, discotheques, theatres, car parks in for example shopping centres, meeting rooms, concert halls, exhibition facilities, galleries and other similar rooms designed for more than 50 people.

Usage category 4: Blocks of fl ats, youth dwellings and single-family houses, semi-detached houses, terraced and linked houses, cluster houses, holiday homes.

5. Fire safety 81

building section are familiar with the escape routes from the building section and are capable of taking themselves unaided to a place of safety.

– Usage category 5 comprises build-ing sections for night time occupancy, in which the people who occupy the building section are not familiar with the escape routes from the building section but are capable of taking them-selves unaided to a place of safety.

– Usage category 6 comprises building sections for day time occupancy, and in some cases also for night time occu-pancy, in which the people who occupy the building section are not capable of taking themselves unaided to a place of safety.

5.2 Escape routes and rescue provisions 5.2(1) Buildings must be laid out so as to facilitate safe, easy evacuation via escape routes or directly to the outside. Evacua-tion must be to ground level outside or to a safe place in the building.

Usage category 5: Hotels, student halls of residence/dormitories, youth hostels, inns and boarding houses.

Usage category 6: Assisted living housing for the elderly, treatment and bedcare units in hospitals, care homes, prisons, resid-ences and institutions for the physically or mentally disabled, day nurseries and pre-schools.

(5.2 (1)-(8)) In traditional buildings, escape routes may therefore be circulation spaces, protected circulation spaces (emergency escape routes) and protected staircases (emergency escape staircases) that are not intended for purposes other than move-ment.

Escape routes must also comply with the provisions of 3.2 Access/Accessibility.

A safe place in the building is a place where people are not in imminent danger, and from which it is possible to evacuate them to ground level in the open air.

5. Fire safety 82

5.2(2) Escape routes must be easy to iden-tify, reach and use.

5.3(3) Exits and escape routes must be designed for the people whom the exits and escape routes are intended to serve. Doors on escape routes must be easy to open without keys or tools during the hours when the building is in use. Doors on escape routes which are used by many people must open in the direction of es-cape.

5.2(4) Extreme temperatures, smoke con-centrations, heat radiation or other factors that might prevent evacuation must not be allowed to arise within the timescale within which the escape routes are used for evacuation.

5.2(5) Wall and ceiling fi nishes and fl oor-ing on escape routes must be formed such that they do not accelerate the spread of fi re and smoke in the timescale within which the escape routes are used for evacuation.

5.2(6) Rooms for occupation by people must have rescue openings as specifi ed in 5.2(7) and 5.2(8) unless a correspond-ing safety level can be achieved by other means.

5.2(7) The number of rescue openings in a room must be appropriate for the number of people for which the room is designed. Rescue openings must be located and formed in such a way that people can make their presence known to the emer-

(5.2(3)) In the context of escape routes, “many people” normally means more than 150 people.

(5.2(6)) A corresponding safety level can be achieved by for example providing at least two escape routes that are independent of each other.

Exits to escape routes should be located at or immediately next to the opposite ends of the room, and the distance from any point in the room to the nearest exit should be no more than 25 m.

(5.2(7)) Rescue openings should be easy to identify, reach and use. Rescue openings cannot replace exits or escape routes.

5. Fire safety 83

gency services. They must also be formed such that people can be rescued via emer-gency services ladders or by themselves, unless the building is laid out as specifi ed in 5.2(8).

5.2(8) In a building in which the fl oor of the uppermost storey is more than 22 m above ground level, or in which rescue openings cannot be reached by emergen-cy services ladders in accordance with 5.6.1(2), the design and fi tting out of the building must make particular allowance for the evacuation of the building, the in-tervention time needed by the emergency services, and access to the storeys.

5.2(9) The provisions of 5.2(1)-(7) apply to farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings to the extent that they are ap-propriate.

5.2(10) In agricultural buildings used for livestock, exits must be provided to al-low animals to be led quickly and easily to safety in the open air in the event of a fi re.

5.2(11) In rooms in farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings with a fl oor area of more than 600 m² containing eas-ily combustible stores for more than one week’s consumption, there must be no more than 25 m from any point in the room to the nearest exit to the outside.

(5.2(8)) To comply with this provision, it may be necessary to provide, for example, emergency stairs, a fi re service lift, warning systems, automatic fi re alarm systems, automatic sprinklers, riser pipes and con-structional provision for residents to alert the emergency services etc. to their pres-ence.

(5.2(10)) This requirement can normally be met if there are two independent exits at or immediately next to the opposite ends of the room and when the walk line from any point in the room is no more than 25 m to the nearest exit to the outside at ground level.

An exit to the outside at ground level may be a door to the outside or a door to an-other fi re-resisting unit from which there is a door to the outside at ground level. An exit to an enclosed yard does not constitute an exit to the outside.

5. Fire safety 84

5.3 Structural factors 5.3(1) Building materials and building elements must be constructed such that people in or near the building can be brought to safety at ground level in the open air or to a safe place in the build-ing, and such that the emergency services are able to rescue people and animals and carry out fi refi ghting work.

5.3(2) Building elements must be joined such that the entire structure is no poorer in fi re-resisting terms than the require-ments for the individual building ele-ments in the structure.

5.3(3) Building elements must be made in such a way that fi re cannot spread from a fi re-resisting unit to a void which passes one or more building elements that create fi re compartmentation.

5.3(4) In a building in which the fl oor of the uppermost storey is more than 22 m above ground level, the design of the load-bearing structures must take particu-lar account of the evacuation of the build-ing, of the intervention time needed by the emergency services and of access to storeys, the fi re load etc.

(5.3(1)) Load-bearing structures in tradi-tional buildings may have a fi re resistance as specifi ed in ”Eksempelsamling om brand-sikring i byggeri” [Collated examples of fi re safety measures in buildings]. For informa-tion on the design of the load-bearing capa-city of structures subjected to fi re; see the codes of practice on structures listed in 4.2. Other fi re loads may be used if they are treated as parametric fi res in accordance with DS 409 Basis for structural design, and the fi re load has been documented.

With regard to livestock housing; see “Landbrugets Byggeblade” [the Agricul-tural Building Leafl ets].

The national system for fi re safety classifi ca-tion of building materials and building ele-ments will be replaced over the coming years by the new European system. For each group of building materials, there will be a transition period when both the former and new Euro-pean systems may be used. During this period, the former and new European testing methods and classifi cations will exist side by side.

5. Fire safety 85

5.4 Fire safety installations5.4(1) Fire safety installations must be built to be reliable and so that they can be inspected and maintained throughout their lifetime.

(5.4(1)) ”Fire safety installations” means:

– An automatic fi re alarm system is a system that detects a fi re in its initial phase and subsequently sends an alarm to the emer-gency services. The system can also activate other fi re safety installations.

– An automatic sprinkler system is a system which uses water to extinguish a fi re in its initial phase or to control a fi re until other fi re-fi ghting measures are taken, and which issues an alarm to the emergency services. The system can also activate other fi re safety installations.

– A warning system warns people in the build-ing in the event of fi re. Warnings using spoken messages should be used in usage category 3. If warnings using spoken messages would be inadequate given the use to which the build-ing section is put, the spoken message may be replaced by a more appropriate alarm, for example a screeching tone.

– A smoke alarm system may consist of linked smoke alarms. The smoke alarm system in a building should only give an alarm in the fi re-resisting unit, for example a dwelling, in which the smoke has been detected. Smoke alarm systems do not issue an alarm to the emergency services.

– Escape lighting consists of illuminated, backlit or fl uorescent (self-lit) escape route signs at exit doors on escape routes. Escape lighting also covers lighting of fl oor areas on escape routes and in large premises. Self-lit signs may only be used where light for the requisite charging is assured.

– Panic lighting is that part of the emer-gency lighting that serves to prevent panic and provide lighting that enables people to reach a point where there is an escape route.

– The purpose of hose reels is to enable people without special fi re extinguishing qualifi cations to fi ght a fi re during its initial phase.

5. Fire safety 86

5.4(2) Fire safety installations must be inspected and maintained such that they remain reliable throughout the lifetime of the building.

5.4(3) When applying the provisions of 5.4(7) paras 1 and 2, 5.4(9)-(11) and 5.4(14)-(15), two or more building sec-tions in the same usage category connect-ed by a shared escape route are deemed to be one section.

5.4(4) Building sections in usage cat-egory 1 must incorporate an automatic fi re alarm installation if the building sec-tion is used as an industrial or warehouse building and has a fl oor area of more than 2,000 m². If the building section has an automatic sprinkler system, an automatic fi re alarm system may be omitted.

This provision also applies to certain agri-cultural buildings used for livestock.

5.4(5) Building sections in usage category 1 used as industrial and warehouse build-ings must incorporate automatic sprink-lers if the fl oor area is greater than 5,000 m². If these building sections have a high fi re load, they must have automatic sprink-ler systems if the fl oor area is more than 2,000 m². This provision does not apply to agricultural buildings used for livestock.

(5.4(3)) In relation to the evacuation of people, it is often necessary to assess the need for fi re safety installations on the basis of the total number of people who have to use the shared escape routes.

Therefore, when applying the provisions listed in 5.4(3), the total loading from all building sections connected by shared es-cape routes should be used.

The same does not apply to the assessment of fi re-fi ghting options in the individual fi re-resisting units, for example the need for fi re ventilation and sprinkler systems.

For information on multiple usage cat-egories in the same building section; see 5.5.2(2).

(5.4(4)) With regard to livestock holding “Landbrugets Byggeblade” [Agricultural Building Leafl ets].

5. Fire safety 87

5.4(6) Building sections in usage category 1 used as industrial and warehouse build-ings must be provided with hose reels if the fl oor area is greater than 1,000 m². This provision also applies to agricultural buildings used for livestock.

5.4(7) Car parks in usage categories 1 and 3 must:

1) have independent mechanical ventila-tion that can remove explosive vapour and carbon monoxide if the fl oor area is greater than 150 m²;

2) have escape lighting and hose reels if the fl oor area is greater than 600 m²; and also panic lighting if the fl oor area is greater than 2,000 m²;

3) have automatic sprinkler systems if the fl oor area is greater than 2,000 m².

5.4(8) Rooms in usage categories 1 and 3 with a fl oor area greater than 1,000 m² must incorporate an automatic fi re ven-tilation system or an automatic sprinkler system.

5.4(9) Building sections and associated escape routes in usage categories 2 and 3 designed for more than 150 people must be provided with warning systems. In build-

(5.4(7)) See also (8).

The ventilation system must comply with DS 428 Code for technical measures for fi re protection in ventilation systems for build-ings, and must have detectors which, on activation, trigger the system with at least 5 air changes per hour. The number, type and location of detectors should be such that at no time and in no place does the concentration exceed a factor of 2. The Danish Working Environment Authority’s administrative code of practice for air pol-lution – limit values for CO (currently 25 ppm) or 25% of the lower explosive limit for hydrocarbons (benzene vapour C6H14) corresponding to 0.3% (v/v).

(5.4(8)) The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that the emergency services are given suffi cient scope for intervention. This may be achieved by ensuring that a fi re re-mains small, for example by limiting the spread using sprinklers, or, in the case of a fi re ventilation system, by removing smoke and heat from the room.

This requirement may be deemed to have been satisfi ed in car parks with a fl oor area of between 1,000 and 2,000 m² if either automatic fi re ventilation or automatic sprinkler systems are in place, and in car parks with a fl oor area greater than 2,000 m² – see 5.4(7) – if automatic sprinkler systems are in place.

5. Fire safety 88

ing sections in which all occupiable rooms have doors leading directly to ground-level outdoor space, and in which there are no rooms designed for more than 150 people, warning systems may be omitted.

5.4(10) Building sections for more than 150 people in usage category 2 must be provided with hose reels, escape and panic lighting. Escape and panic lighting may be omitted from escape routes if all occupiable rooms have direct access to outdoor space at ground level.

5.4(11) Hose reels and escape and panic lighting must be installed on escape routes designed for more than 150 people in to-tal in usage category 3 and in occupiable rooms for more than 150 people in usage category 3. In building sections in which all occupiable rooms have doors leading directly to ground-level outdoor space, and in which there are no rooms designed for more than 150 people, escape and panic lighting may be omitted.

5.4(12) Building sections in usage cate-gory 3 must incorporate an automatic sprinkler system if the building sec-tion has a total fl oor area greater than 2,000 m².

5.4(13) Each residential unit in building sections in usage category 4 must have a smoke alarm system that is connected to the power supply and has battery backup.

(5.4(13)) At least one smoke alarm should be fi tted in each dwelling, but at least one on each fl oor. To ensure quick and timely alert-ing of the people in the individual dwelling, more than one smoke alarm should be fi tted in the dwelling. It is important for the dis-tance between smoke alarms not to be ex-cessive. The Danish Institute of Fire and Security Technology (DBI) has issued a leafl et on smoke alarms in dwellings.

5. Fire safety 89

5.4(14) Building sections in usage cate-gory 5 and associated escape routes must be provided with:

1) escape and panic lighting if the build-ing section has a total fl oor area greater than 1,000 m².

2) hose reels.

3) warning systems and automatic fi re alarm systems if the building section has more than 10 bedrooms or is de-signed for more than 50 beds.

4) smoke alarm systems connected to the power supply and using battery back-up if the building section has no more than 10 bedrooms or is designed for no more than 50 beds.

5) smoke alarm systems connected to the power supply and using battery backup if all bedrooms have doors leading di-rectly outdoors at ground level. In this case, hose reels, automatic fi re alarm systems, escape and panic lighting and warning systems may be omitted.

5.4(15) Building sections in usage cat-egory 6 must be provided with:

1) hose reels.

2) automatic fi re alarm systems, designed to give the alarm to staff.

3) automatic sprinkler systems if the building has bedroom sections and a total fl oor area greater than 1,000 m² and is on more than one storey. The system must have the facility for giv-ing the alarm to staff.

(5.4(15)) If a fi re alarm system and/or auto-matic sprinkler system are activated, the staff should also be alerted.

5. Fire safety 90

4) escape and panic lighting if the build-ing has more than one storey or has a bedroom section with a fl oor area greater than 1,000 m².

5.4(16) Alarms from a warning system must be appropriate for the use and or-ganisation of the building section. If the building is fi tted with an automatic fi re alarm system or an automatic sprinkler system, it must activate the warning sys-tem.

5.4(17). An automatic fi re alarm system and an automatic sprinkler system must transmit an alarm to the emergency ser-vices.

5.4(18) The provisions of 5.4(4)-(17) may be derogated from if it can be demon-strated to the municipal council that the safety level specifi ed in 5.1(1) can be achieved by other means.

5.5 Spread of fi re and smoke 5.5(1) Buildings must be built, laid out and fi tted out such that a fi re can be con-tained within the fi re unit in which the fi re started. The spread of fi re and smoke to other fi re-resisting units must be pre-vented for the period of time needed for evacuation and for the work of the emer-gency services.

(5.4(18)) Examples of permissible deroga-tions from the provisions include:

– building sections built on the basis of structural fi re design.

– ancillary building sections, for example those designed for no more than 50 people and with a total fl oor area not exceeding 150 m².

(5.5(1)) A building may usefully be subdi-vided into several fi re-resisting units to ensure that fi re and smoke cannot spread to or throughout the building.

5. Fire safety 91

5.5.1 Spread of fi re and smoke in the room where the fi re starts 5.5.1(1) Internal surfaces must be such that they do not contribute signifi cantly to fi re or to smoke emission during the period of time needed to allow people oc-cupying the room to reach safety.

5.5.2 Spread of fi re and smoke in the building where the fi re starts or to other buildings on the same plot5.5.2(1) External surfaces and roofi ng must be built in such a way that they do not contribute signifi cantly to the spread of fi re.

5.5.2(2) Building sections in different us-age categories must comprise independ-ent fi re-resisting units. Building sections must be further divided to make escape routes as safe as possible, and to allow people occupying rooms with only one escape route to remain safe until rescue can be expected. A building section may include several usage categories if com-pliance with the safety level specifi ed in 5.1(1) can be ensured.

5.5.2(3) Service shafts, stairwells, lift shafts etc. that connect several fi re-resist-ing units must be separated in fi re resist-ance terms from other parts of the build-ing.

5.5.2(4) Penetrations for services in building elements that create fi re com-partmentation must be sealed such that

(5.5.1(1)) Internal surfaces comprise wall and ceiling fi nishes and fl ooring. This pro-vision also covers suspended ceilings, sound-absorbing products, decorations, notice boards, electrical cables, pipe lag-ging and similar surfaces in signifi cant quantities. (5.5.1(1)) Internal surfaces comprise wall and ceiling fi nishes and fl ooring. This provision also covers sus-pended ceilings, sound-absorbing products, decorations, notice boards, electrical cables, pipe lagging and similar surfaces in signifi cant quantities.

(5.5.2(3)) If shafts etc. are not taken up through the roof space, a building element separating the fi re sections should be pro-vided between the shaft etc. and the roof space.

(5.5.2(4)) All penetrations for services in a building element that creates compartmen-tation should be installed such that the fi re resistance is not impaired.

5. Fire safety 92

the fi re-resisting properties of the com-partmentations are not impaired.

5.5.2(5) Suspended fl oors in farm build-ings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural occupations with useable roof spaces must comprise building ele-ments of at least class REI 30 [a BD 30 building element].

5.5.2(6) Internal wall and ceiling surfaces in farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural occupations must be of at least cladding class K1 10 D-s2,d2 [class 2 cladding].

5.5.2(7) Insulation materials that are in-ferior to class B-s1, d0 [class A materials] may only be fi tted to ceilings and walls in farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural occupations if they are covered in cladding of at least class K1 10 B-s1,d0 [class 1 cladding].

5.5.2(8) Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural oc-cupations with a fl oor area of more than 600 m² must be partitioned such that areas with signifi cantly different fi re loads or subject to different fi re hazards are each in their own fi re compartment. Fire section walls must be provided for every 2,000 m² of built-up area of a build-ing’s footprint, and for every 5,000 m² in livestock housing, provided that other fi re suppression measures are also in place to protect people, animals and the work of the emergency services. The area limit of 2,000 m² may, however, be changed to 5,000 m² if automatic sprinklers are pro-vided.

(5.5.2(5)-(9)) The previous Danish fi re classes are shown in square brackets.

(5.5.2(8)) Other fi re suppression measures may consist of fi re ventilation, smoke cur-tains, water-fi lled or dry hose reels, or fi re hose systems with fl at hoses and any sup-plementary escape routes.

5. Fire safety 93

5.5.2(9) Spaces for housing tractors or other farm equipment using internal com-bustion engines must be separated from livestock sheds and rooms containing eas-ily combustible stores by structures cor-responding at least to building element class EI 60 [a BD 60 building element] with internal surfaces of no less than clad-ding class K1 10 B-s1,d0 [class 1 clad-ding].

5.5.3 Spread of fi re to buildings on other plots5.5.3(1) Buildings must be suffi ciently far from common boundaries, roads or paths or must be so built as to eliminate the risk of the spread of fi re to buildings on other plots.

5.6 Emergency services access5.6(1) Buildings must be located on the plot and laid out in such a way as to give the emergency services suffi cient scope for fi refi ghting and rescuing people and animals. Access must be provided to the building itself and to its plot for the neces-sary fi re appliances to rescue people and animals.

5.6.1 Access and facilities for the emergency services5.6(1) Unobstructed access for the emer-gency services to the building must be provided.

5.6.1(2) It must be possible for the emer-gency services to bring ladders to the res-cue openings. In buildings where the res-cue openings can only be reached by the emergency services’ motorised ladders,

(5.5.3(1)) Note that the external surfaces of the building also have implications in terms of the risk of spread of fi re to buildings on other plots.

(5.6(1)) The appropriate fi refi ghting and rescue appliances are determined by the location, design, layout and use of the building.

(5.6.1(1)-(3)) The design and layout of fi re rescue areas and vehicular access should inter alia take account of the surfacing and slope of the area and their location relative to the building, with the aim of ensuring the best possible working conditions for the emergency services.

5. Fire safety 94

fi re rescue areas must be built and located such that the motorised ladders can reach all rescue openings. Buildings erected in accordance with 5.2(8) are not covered by this provision.

5.6.1(3) Buildings must be designed so as to enable the emergency services to take fi re-fi ghting and rescue appliances to all parts of the building as appropriate. If hoses cannot be brought in via primary access routes such as staircases etc., riser pipes must be installed.

5.6.2 Smoke venting 5.6.2(1) The facility must be in place for smoke to be vented from the emergency services’ primary access routes.

5.6.2(2) In rooms where smoke venting cannot be made by natural ventilation through windows in external walls or hatches in the roof, smoke venting must be established in some other way

(5.6.1(3)) See 8.4.

(5.6.2(1)) The emergency services’ primary access routes are normally the escape staircases.

(5.6.2(2)) Examples of rooms in which it may be necessary to establish smoke vent-ing, are inner, primary rooms such as of-fi ces, atriums and rooms for many as well as few persons and basements, shafts and roof spaces. An alternative to natural ven-tilation may be mechanical smoke venting.

6. Indoor climate 95

6. Indoor climate

6.1 General 6.1(1) Buildings must be constructed such that, under their intended operational conditions, a healthy, safe and comfort-able indoor climate can be maintained in rooms occupied by any number of people for an extended period.

(6.1(1)) Satisfactory health conditions in relation to buildings also include comfort and wellbeing.

The structural part of the indoor climate covers thermal conditions (6.2), air quality (6.3), acoustic indoor climate (6.4) and light conditions (6.5). See SBi Guidelines 196, “Indeklimahåndbogen” [The Indoor Climate Handbook].

As far as the thermal indoor climate is concerned, the planning of buildings and the choice of materials, window areas, cooling options, orientation and solar screening must ensure that satisfactory temperature conditions are achieved, even in summertime.

Air quality is fi rst and foremost determined by the ventilation used and by indoor pol-lution, including moisture production caused by the behaviour of the users. Build-ing materials with the lowest possible emissions of pollutants should always be used.

As far as acoustic indoor climate is con-cerned, the structures must be designed and built such that they provide suffi cient sound insulation between adjoining rooms and take external noise sources into account. Finally, satisfactory acoustic conditions in individual rooms require that the materials used for the surfaces in the rooms provide suffi cient sound absorption to ensure the necessary sound attenuation.

With respect to light conditions, there should be an appropriate relationship be-tween window sizes, room proportions and surface properties, taking the outdoor views into account. It is also important that the other factors which create the right visual environment should be suitable, which involves the facility for adjusting the lighting to suit the tasks carried out in the room.


6.1(2) Allotment sheds are exempt from the requirements in respect of the indoor climate.

6.1(3) Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings are exempt from the requirements in respect of the indoor cli-mate. The exemption does not apply to rooms where employees carry out ordi-nary commercial activities.

6.2 Thermal indoor climate6.2(1) Buildings must be constructed such that, under their intended operational conditions and at levels appropriate for the human activities to be carried out in them, comfortable, healthy temperatures can be maintained in the rooms occupied by any number of people for an extended period.

With respect to risk of personal injury from electromagnetic radiation, the building legislation contains no specifi c regulations, as they are not considered necessary. The problem is considered to be adequately covered by other legislation. There may, however, be particular circumstances of which a client should be aware when mak-ing structural alterations in the immediate vicinity of an existing mobile phone mast, for example when installing a roof terrace. In cases of doubt, the client should contact the operators of the mobile phone mast.

(6.1(3)) Ordinary commercial activities do not include, for example, animal husbandry in a livestock housing.

(6.2(1)) Thermal climate is determined by the temperature of the air and surfaces and the air velocity and turbulence intensity and, to a lesser extent, by the humidity of the air; and the level of thermal comfort can be determined in the context of the human activity and clothing. For functional re-quirements and methods of specifi cation, verifi cation and monitoring of the thermal indoor climate; see DS 474 Code for indoor thermal climate.

See also DS/EN ISO 7730 Ergonomics in the thermal environment – Analytical deter-mination and interpretation of thermal comfort using calculation of the PMV and PPD indices and local thermal comfort criteria.


6.3 Air quality

6.3.1 Ventilation

6.3.1.1 General 6.3.1.1(1) Buildings must be ventilated. Ventilation systems must be designed, built, operated and maintained such that they achieve no less than the intended performance while they are in use.

(6.3.1.1(1)) Ventilation may be by systems for natural ventilation, hybrid or mechani-cal ventilation.

“Ventilation systems” refers to natural vent-ilation, hybrid and mechanical ventilation. “Ventilation installations” refers only to mechanical ventilation, including the me-chanical part of hybrid ventilation. Ventila-tion systems must be built in accordance with 8.3.

The provisions on ventilation only address general ventilation needs. In for example working areas or rooms in a dwelling used for the types of commercial activity which are often based in the home, additional ventila-tion may be needed. In such cases, require-ments for additional ventilation apply pursu-ant to the Working Environment Act.

Provisions which address health-related factors, such as the ventilation provisions, must be complied with throughout the lifetime of a building.

Dwellings are normally deemed to be in use round the clock.

See also DS 447 Code of practice for me-chanical ventilation installations; DS/EN ISO 7730 Ergonomics in the thermal envir-onment – Analytical determination and inter-pretation of thermal comfort using calcula-tion of the PMV and PPD indices and local thermal comfort criteria; and WEA guide-lines A.1.2 “Indeklima” [Indoor climate] issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority. For ventilation of rooms with heat producing appliances; see Part 8 and section A of the Danish Gas Regulations.

Cleaning standards in a room have a sig-nifi cant impact on air quality. See Executive Order No. 96 of 13 February 2001 on the conditions at permanent places of work issued by the Ministry of Labour.


6.3.1.1(2) Fresh air must be provided through openings direct to the outside or by ventilation installations with forced air supply.

6.3.1.1(3) The supply and removal of air must ensure that draughts do not arise during the heating up period in the occu-piable zone of rooms which are occupied by any number of people for extended periods.

6.3.1.1(4) Transfer of air from one room to another may not be from a more to a less air-polluted room.

6.3.1.1(5) Ventilation installations and ventilation openings direct to the outside must be designed and installed such that

(6.3.1.1(2)) Ventilation openings direct to the outside may, for example, be fresh air vents or automatically controlled windows. The primary purpose of the openings is to ensure that fresh air enters the rooms in a controlled manner.

The openings should be able to fi lter incom-ing air as appropriate and should be loc-ated such that incoming air is as unpolluted as possible.

Ventilation openings direct to the outside should be made and should operate such that users are encouraged to use the open-ings as intended and to apply the options for adjusting the quantity and distribution of the intake fresh air correctly. A ventila-tion opening direct to the outside should therefore be adjustable, easy to regulate, and should be operable from fl oor level

See also 6.3.1.1(3) concerning draughts. There may also be a requirement for a de-gree of sound-proofi ng of ventilation open-ings; see 6.4.2(1). In cases where the fresh air supply is obtained through automati-cally controlled windows, the risk of bur-glary should be taken into consideration.

(6.3.1.1(3)) To avoid draughts, the air ve-locity in the occupiable zone should not exceed 0.15 m/s. The draught limit depends on the level of activity and the temperature and turbulence level of the air. The occupi-able zone is that part of a room where people are expected to remain for an ex-tended period. In the event of temperatures above 24°C, higher air velocities are ac-ceptable.

(6.3.1.1(4)) In dwellings, rooms with higher air pollution will, for example, be the kit-chens, bathrooms, lavatories and utility rooms. In industrial buildings, air should not be recirculated from areas in which process-derived pollution is present in the air.


they do not transfer substances to the ventilated rooms, including micro-organ-isms, which render the indoor climate un-healthy.

6.3.1.2 Domestic buildings6.3.1.2(1) Each habitable room as well as the dwelling as a whole must have a fresh air supply of no less than 0.35 l/s/m². Indoor air must be removed by extrac-tors from kitchens, bathrooms, lavatories, utility rooms etc. Natural ventilation may be used in single-family houses. In dwell-ings in multi-storey buildings, a minimum fl ow of 20 l/s must be extracted from kitchens, and a minimum fl ow of 15 l/s from bathrooms and lavatories. An extrac-tor hood with mechanical extraction must be installed above the cooker in all dwell-ings in blocks of fl ats and single-family houses. Fresh air must be supplied to the habitable rooms either through fresh air vents, automatically controlled windows or by mechanical forced air supply.

(6.3.1.2(1)) Single-family houses may be ventilated by natural or mechanical vent-ilation. Single-family houses are buildings for one dwelling, including holiday homes, and semi-detached, terraced, cluster, linked houses etc., in which the dwellings are separated by vertical party walls.

In domestic buildings other than single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the residential unit is ventilated by a ventilation installation, whether it be an extraction system com-bined with ventilation openings direct to the outside or a supply and extraction system.

A fresh air supply of 0.35 l/s/m2 corresponds to an air change of 0.5 times per hour with a room height of 2.5 m. The fl oor area counted is the net area.

The functional requirements for ventilation of rooms of a normal height are deemed to be satisfi ed if the rooms are ventilated as follows:

Habitable roomsSupply of fresh air: Opening windows, hatches or external doors; and by natural ventilation: one or more fresh air vents with a total unob-structed opening of no less than 60 cm2 per 25 m2 fl oor area; and by mech anical extrac-tion: one or more fresh air vents with a total unobstructed opening of no less than 30 cm2 per 25 m2 fl oor area.

The open area to the outside may be deter-mined on the basis of ventilation engineer-ing calculations.


KitchensSupply of fresh air: An opening of no less than 100 cm2 onto an access space and an opening window, hatch or external door.

Removal of indoor air: Natural ventilation (single-family houses): an exhaust duct with a cross section of no less than 200 cm2.

Mechanical extraction with a fl ow of 20 l/s.

In addition, an extractor hood must be fi tted above the cooker. The extractor hood must have adjustable mechanical extraction and exhaust to the outside and be suffi ciently effi cient to trap gaseous pollutants from food preparation.

Bathrooms and lavatories Supply of fresh air: An opening of no less than 100 cm2 into an access space.

In addition – if the room comprises an ex-ternal wall – an opening window, hatch or external door.



Separate lavatory and utility roomSupply of fresh air: An opening of no less than 100 cm2 into an access space.

In addition, if the room comprises an exter-nal wall, it must have an opening window, hatch or external door.



6.3.1.2(2) For rooms other than those listed in 6.3.1.2(1), the approval of the municipal council is required for the design of the ventilation, taking account of the size and use of the room.

6.3.1.3 Buildings other than domestic buildings 6.3.1.3(1) Occupiable rooms in day nurs-eries must be ventilated by ventilation installations comprising both forced air supply and exhaust. Fresh air supply and extraction must be no less than 3 l/s/child and no less than 5 l/s/adult plus 0.4 l/s/m² fl oor area. Derogation from this standard may be permitted when there is a reduced need, where ventilation installations with variable output depending on the load are used.


Basement roomsIn single-family houses: Supply of fresh air through one or more fresh air vents.

Removal of indoor air from at least one basement room by natural ventilation via an exhaust duct with a cross section of no less than 200 cm2 or by mechanical extrac-tion with a fl ow of 10 l/s.

In other buildings with shared basement rooms, the ventilation should be designed to meet the demand.

Shared access routes Fresh air supply: An opening window, fresh air vent or air lock. Fresh air must be supplied near the fl oor of the room.

(6.3.1.2(2)) These may be, for example, washing and drying rooms, saunas, refuse rooms, lifts and car parks.

(6.3.1.3(1)) This applies, for example, to institutions that care for children such as day nurseries, pre-schools, school day-care centres and other after-school facilities, day centres and other institutions with similar purposes. The ventilation rate for the building is based on the assumption that low pollutant-emitting building materials are used. “Low pollutant-emitting building materials” means building materials cov-ered by the Danish Indoor Climate Label-ling scheme and materials which comply with the conditions for labelling in accord-ance with the scheme. This provision must be read in conjunction with 3.4.2(2). The fl oor area counted is the net area.


6.3.1.3(2) Teaching rooms in schools etc. must be ventilated by ventilation instal-lations comprising forced air supply and exhaust.

Fresh air supply to and extraction from normal teaching rooms must be no less than 5 l/s/person plus 0.4 l/s/m² fl oor area.

Derogation from this standard may be permitted when there is a reduced need, where ventilation installations with vari-able output depending on the load are used.

Where special constructional allowances are in place, for example greater room volumes per person, the use of several ex-traction options, including cross ventila-tion options, the requirement for mechan-ical ventilation may be waived provided that a comfortable, healthy indoor climate is maintained.

6.3.1.3(3) For rooms other than those list-ed in 6.3.1.3(1) and (2), the approval of the municipal council is required for the sizing of the ventilation, taking account of the size and use of the room.

(6.3.1.3(2)) The ventilation rate for the building is based on the assumption that low pollutant-emitting building materials are used. “Low pollutant-emitting building materials” means building materials covered by the Danish Indoor Climate Labelling scheme and materials which comply with the conditions for labelling in accordance with the scheme. This provision must be read in conjunction with 3.4.2(2). The fl oor area counted is the net area.

(6.3.1.3(3)) Note that natural ventilation may meet the need in certain cases, but in other cases hybrid or mechanical ventila-tion should be stipulated in order to achieve a satisfactory indoor climate. Rooms whose ventilation needs can be met by natural ventilation may include offi ces, hotel rooms and certain types of shop premises. Rooms that require special consideration in respect of natural ventilation and may require hy-brid or mechanical ventilation could in-clude offi ces with multiple workstations, assembly rooms, meeting rooms, canteens, restaurants and rooms in hospitals. The sizing of the ventilation may, for example, be determined on the basis of DS 447 Code of practice for mechanical ventilation in-stallations.

For ventilation in refuse rooms and lifts; see Part 8.


6.3.2 Pollutants from building materials

6.3.2.1 General 6.3.2.1(1) Building materials may not emit gases, vapours, particles or ionising radiation that can result in an unhealthy indoor climate.

6.3.2.2 Formaldehyde6.3.2.2(1) Chipboard, wood fi breboard, plywood sheets and similar sheets con-taining glue that emits formaldehyde are only to be used if the emission of formal-dehyde does not give rise to an unhealthy indoor climate.

6.3.2.3 Asbestos6.3.2.3(1) Materials containing asbestos are not to be used.

6.3.2.4 Mineral wool6.3.2.4(1) Mineral wool-containing ma-terials with surfaces which are in contact with the indoor climate must be installed safely, and the materials used must be dur able and fi t for purpose, such that they

(6.3.2.1(1)) Building materials with the lowest possible emissions of pollutants to the indoor climate should always be used. A labelling scheme for construction prod-ucts, the Danish Indoor Climate Labelling Scheme, has been set up. See www.teknologisk.dk/dim

The Danish Working Environment Author-ity has issued special regulations for hand-ling certain building materials, such as those containing asbestos, mineral wool and fl y ash, which must be complied with, whether the work is carried out for an em-ployer or not.

(6.3.2.2(1)) This provision only covers sheets containing formaldehyde-liberating glue and thus not sheets that are glued us-ing, for example, phenol, resorcinol or isocyanate glues without the addition of urea formaldehyde.

This functional requirement is satisfi ed if the CE marking shows that the building material is covered by class E1 in accord-ance with DS/EN 13986 Wood-based panels for use in construction – Characteristics, evaluation of conformity and marking.

(6.3.2.3(1)) The use of asbestos is gener-ally prohibited: see the executive order on asbestos and WEA guidelines C.2.2 “As-best” [Asbestos] issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

(6.3.2.4(1)) This provision covers products with a woolly consistency and made of melted stone, slag or glass.

This provision covers, for example, certain ceilings, air supply ducts and sound attenu-


do not emit mineral wool fi bres into the indoor climate.

6.3.2.5 Fly ash and slag from coal fi ring6.3.2.5(1) Fly ash and slag from coal fi r-ing, used as a base for building, must be covered by a layer of gravel or similar, no less than 0.20 m deep and with a weight of 300 kg/m².

6.3.3 Other pollutants

6.3.3.1 Oxides of nitrogen6.3.3.1(1) Oxides of nitrogen emitted to the indoor climate from combustion in cookers, central heating boilers etc. must be restricted by the removal of the fl ue gases.

6.3.3.2 Radon6.3.3.2(1) Ingress of radon to the indoor climate must be limited by making the structure which is in contact with the sub-soil airtight or by using other measures to equal effect.

ators in ventilation installations. This re-quirement does not apply to thermal insula-tion materials which are not directly connected to the indoor climate.

This requirement may be deemed to be satisfi ed if, for example, the materials have a surface treatment or are covered, encap-sulated or otherwise sealed.

(6.3.2.5(1)) The waste from coal fi ring, for example from power stations, can contain radioactive substances from the coals which emit gamma radiation.

The indoor radiation contribution from a base comprising such material can be re-duced by covering it with a gravel layer, for example.

The backing may not cause damp problems to the structure.

(6.3.3.1(1)) For kitchens, this requirement will normally be met by the requirements stipulating an extractor hood: see 6.3.1.2(1). See also the Danish Gas Regula-tions.

(6.3.3.2(1)) Radon is a radioactive gas found in the soil. Radon must be prevented from entering buildings by making founda-tions, ground slabs, fl oors, basement fl oors and basement external walls airtight by, for example, forming the structures of carefully placed concrete to achieve a good, uniform and crack-free structure, and by sealing pipe and duct penetrations through these building elements.


6.3.3.3 Other pollution from the subsoil6.3.3.3(1) Pollution from former refuse tips, gas works, polluted industrial sites etc., resulting in an unhealthy or unsafe indoor climate is not to be permitted. Should the plot be developed without full prior remediation of pollution in the soil, the infl ux of soil pollution to the indoor climate must be limited by ensuring that

See “Byggeteknisk Erfaringsformidling, BYG-ERFA blad SfB (99) 02 09 27, Radon-forebyggelse og afhjælpning, Bygge og Boligstyrelsens vejledning om Radon og nybyggeri” [Construction Experience Sharing BYG-ERFA paper SfB (99) 02 09 27, Radon – prevention and remediation, and the National Building and Housing Agency guidance on radon and new build-ings].

The Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority makes the following recommen-dations for radon in the indoor climate:

Existing buildings: International recom-mendations are that simple and cheap measures should be undertaken to reduce the radon content of the indoor climate when the radon content is between 200 Bq/m³ (Becquerels per cubic metre) and 600 Bq/m³.

On that basis, the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority recommends that simple and cheap improvements be made to existing buildings when the radon content is between 200 Bq/m³ and 400 Bq/m³, and that more effective measures be taken when the radon content exceeds 400 Bq/m³. See the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority’s guidance on radon and single-family houses.

New buildings: For new buildings, it is recommended that the radon content should not exceed 200 Bq/m³.

(6.3.3.3(1)) Soil pollutants can seep up into buildings by convection and diffusion through foundations, ground slabs, fl oors, basement fl oors and the external basement walls. Convection can be prevented by making the structure airtight, for example by careful construction in concrete to achieve a good, uniform and crack-free structure. Diffusion can be reduced by mak-ing the structure diffusion-proof, for ex-


the structure which is in contact with the subsoil is airtight and impermeable or by using other measures to equal effect. In exceptional cases, where the plot, prior to building, is not remediated, partly for the protection of the groundwater and the upper layers of the subsoil, the munici-pal council may impose further require-ments.

6.4 Acoustic indoor climate

6.4.1 General 6.4.1(1) Buildings must be planned, de-signed, built and fi tted out such that satis-factory sound conditions are ensured for the users.

6.4.2 Residential and similar buildings used for overnight accommodation 6.4.2(1) Residential and similar buildings used for overnight accommodation and their services must be designed such that those who occupy the buildings are not subjected to noise nuisance from rooms in adjoining residential and commercial

ample by using a moderate environmental class concrete with a content of up to 5% of porous particles. See DS 411 Code of practice for the structural use of concrete.

See also the Soil Pollution Act and its re-quirements for outdoor areas.

(6.4.1(1)) Defi nitions and concepts with re-gard to airborne sound insulation, impact sound and sound pressure levels are set out in DS 490 Sound classifi cation of dwellings.

The concepts of reverberation time and absorption area are also used, as defi ned in DS/EN 12354-6 Building acoustics – Esti-mation of acoustic performance of build-ings from the performance of elements – Part 6: Sound absorption in enclosed spaces.

Check measurements of sound conditions must be made in accordance with SBi Guidelines 217, “Udførelse af bygning-sakustiske målinger” [Performing building acoustics measurements].

Regulations on sound conditions and noise are also set out in executive orders, guidance notes and guidelines issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority and the Danish Environmental Protection Agency.

(6.4.2(1)-(4)) Residential buildings in this context also include hotels, student halls of residence/dormitories, boarding houses, inns, bedsits, boarding schools, homes for the sick, nursing homes, care homes, resi-dential childcare institutions and similar buildings used for overnight accommoda-tion.


units, from the building services and from nearby roads and railways.

“Common space” means, for example, oc-cupiable space shared by several dwellings; stairwells or corridors.

The functional requirement for residential buildings is deemed to be met if they are built as class C in DS 490 Sound classifi ca-tion of dwellings.

For the limit values of the above standard for traffi c noise indoors, the following ap-plies to meet the functional requirement: The limit value applies to buildings along roads and railways with a traffi c intensity that causes a noise level at the individual building of more than 58 dB for roads and 64 dB for railways. The limit value is ex-pressed as the Lden value. The limit value applies separately to roads and railways.

The functional requirement for residential buildings for the noise level indoors in habitable rooms from building services in commercial units in the same building is deemed to be met if the noise level does not exceed values corresponding to the guide-line limit values specifi ed in Table III of Guidance no. 5/1984 issued by the Danish Environmental Protection Agency.

Proposed limit values for low frequency noise and infrasound in habitable rooms can be found in “Orientation” no. 9/1997 issued by the Danish Environmental Pro-tection Agency.

The functional requirement for noise levels outdoors from building services must be deemed to be met if the noise level does not exceed values corresponding to the guide-line limit values for the night time period specifi ed in Table I of Guidance no. 5/1984 issued by the Danish Environmental Pro-tection Agency.

DS 490 Sound classifi cation of dwellings also contains limits for dwellings whose quality in terms of noise exceeds the mini-mum requirements of the Building Regula-tions – class B and class A.


6.4(2) If rooms with particularly disturb-ing noise levels adjoin dwellings and shared occupiable rooms, separate sound insulation measures must be taken.

6.4(3) Building services may not create uncomfortable noise levels immediately outside the windows of the buildings or in recreational areas, including balconies, roof terraces, outdoor spaces etc.

6.4(4) The reverberation time in shared rooms must be adjusted to suit their use.

6.4(5) Only the above noise requirements for building services and traffi c apply to rooms in detached single-family houses.

6.4(6) Only the above noise requirements for building services apply to holiday homes in designated “summer house” areas.

6.4.3 Buildings other than residential buildings etc. 6.4.3(1) Buildings and their services must be designed so as to limit noise distur-bance from adjoining rooms, from the building services of the building and from nearby roads and railways. This must be to the extent required for the planned use of the buildings and such that the occu-pants of the buildings are not subjected to noise nuisance.

(6.4.3(1)) Educational buildings include primary and secondary schools, educa-tional institutions, universities etc.

In this Part 6, day nursery buildings include children’s institutions, school day-care centres etc.

The functional requirement for educational buildings must be deemed to be met if they are built in compliance with the following values:

Airborne sound insulation, R’w

Between teaching rooms and between teaching rooms and common rooms, hori-zontally ≥ 48 dB

6. Indoor climate 109Between teaching rooms and between teaching rooms and common rooms, verti-cally ≥ 51 dB

Between teaching rooms with connecting doors (total sound insulation of wall with a door, folding and mobile walls, glazed panels etc.) ≥ 44 dB

Between teaching rooms and common rooms with connecting doors (total sound insulation of wall with a door, folding and mobile walls, glazed panels etc.) ≥ 36 dB

For fl exible partitions in open plan teach-ing areas ≥ 20 dB

Between teaching rooms for woodwork and other teaching rooms or common rooms ≥ 60 dB

Between teaching rooms for woodwork and common rooms with connecting doors (total sound insulation of wall with a door, folding and mobile walls, glazed panels etc.) ≥ 44 dB

Between teaching rooms for singing and music and between teaching rooms for singing and music and other teaching rooms or common rooms ≥ 65 dB

Between teaching rooms for singing and music with connecting doors (total sound insulation of wall with a door) ≥ 55 dB

Between teaching rooms for singing and music and common rooms with connecting doors (total sound insulation of wall with a door) ≥ 50 dB

Impact sound level, L’n,w

In teaching rooms ≥ 55 dB

In teaching rooms from fl oors and slabs in teaching rooms for woodwork or for sing-ing and music ≤ 53 dB

6. Indoor climate 110Noise level

In teaching rooms from building services ≤ 30 dB

In teaching rooms from traffi c ≤ 33 dB

The functional requirement for day nurser-ies must be deemed to be met if they are built in compliance with the following val-ues:


Between occupiable rooms used for quiet and/or noisy activities and between these rooms and other rooms ≥ 48 dB

Between occupiable rooms used for quiet and/or noisy activities and other rooms with connecting doors (total sound insula-tion for wall with a door etc.) ≥ 40 dB

Between occupiable rooms and between occupiable rooms and other rooms ≥ 40 dB

Between occupiable rooms with connecting doors and between occupiable rooms and other rooms with connecting doors (total sound insulation for wall with a door, etc.) ≥ 30 dB


In occupiable rooms (from fl oors of overly-ing rooms) and in occupiable rooms for quiet activities (from all fl oors) ≤ 58 dB

In occupiable rooms (from fl oors in rooms on the same storey) ≤ 63 dB

Noise level

In occupiable rooms from building services ≤ 30 dB


6.4.3(2) If rooms with particularly high noise disturbance limits adjoin teach-ing rooms or occupiable rooms, separate sound insulation measures must be taken.

In occupiable rooms from traffi c ≤ 33 dB

See SBi Guidelines 218, “Lydforhold i un-dervisnings- og daginstitutionsbygninger – Lydbestemmelser og anbefalinger” [Sound conditions in educational and day nursery buildings – Sound requirements and recommendations].

For buildings for other purposes, including offi ce buildings, hospitals, medical centres and clinics, project-specifi c noise provi-sions should be determined in each indi-vidual case to comply with the requirements for the acoustic indoor climate.

Noise levels indoors in offi ces from busi-nesses in the same building are covered by the guideline limits in Table III of Guidance no. 5/1984 issued by the Danish Environ-mental Protection Agency.

Proposed limit values for low frequency noise and infrasound in occupiable rooms and offi ces can be found in Orientation no. 9/1997 issued by the Danish Environmental Protection Agency.

(6.4.3(2)) For teaching rooms or occupiable rooms in day nurseries in buildings in which there are rooms with noisy activities in commercial units or other educational institutions or day nurseries in the same or adjoining buildings, the functional require-ment must be deemed to be met if the build-ing is built in compliance with the following values:


Between teaching rooms or occupiable rooms in day nurseries and adjoining rooms in commercial units or other educational institutions or day nurseries ≥ 60 dB


6.4.3(3) The reverberation time in rooms in buildings must be adjusted to suit the use of the rooms.


In teaching rooms or occupiable areas in day nurseries from fl oors and slabs in ad-joining rooms in commercial units or other educational institutions or day nurseries ≤ 48 dB.

(6.4.3(3)) The functional requirement for educational buildings must be deemed to be met if they are built in compliance with the following values:

Reverberation time, T

Classrooms ≥ 0.6 s

Teaching rooms for woodwork ≥ 0.6 s

Teaching rooms for singing and music smaller than 250 m³ (choral and acoustic music) ≤ 1.1 s

Teaching rooms for singing and music smaller than 250 m³ (electrically amplifi ed) ≥ 0.6 s

Gymnasia smaller than 3500 m³ ≥ 1.6 s

Gymnasia larger than 3500 m³ ≥ 1.8 s

Indoor swimming pools smaller than 1500 m³ ≥ 2.0 s

Indoor swimming pools larger than 1500 m³ ≥ 2.3 s

Common rooms and shared corridors used for group work etc. ≥ 0.4 s

Shared corridors not used for group work etc. ≥ 0.9 s

Stairwells ≥ 1.3 s


6.5 Light conditions

6.5.1 General 6.5.1(1) Working areas, occupiable rooms, habitable rooms and shared access routes must have satisfactory lighting without causing unnecessary heat loads.

Absorption area, A

Open plan teaching areas ≥ 1.3 x fl oor area

Common rooms with a ceiling height greater than 4 m and a room volume larger than 300 m³ ≥ 1.2 x fl oor area

The functional requirement for day nurser-ies must be deemed to be met if they are built in compliance with the following values:

Reverberation time, T

Occupiable rooms ≥ 0.4 s

Absorption area, A

Occupiable rooms with a ceiling height greater than 4 m and a room volume larger than 300 m³ ≥ 1.2 x fl oor area

See SBi Guidelines 218, “Lydforhold i un-dervisnings- og daginstitutionsbygninger – lydbestemmelser og anbefalinger” [Sound conditions in educational and day nursery buildings – Sound requirements and recommendations].

For buildings for other purposes, including offi ce buildings, hospitals, medical centres and clinics, project-specifi c noise provi-sions should be determined in each indi-vidual case to comply with the requirements for the acoustic indoor climate.

(6.5.1(1)) Satisfactory light must be as-sessed in the context of the activities and tasks intended to be carried out in the room.

The requirement for daylight must be viewed in the context of the general health aspects of daylight. The quantity of daylight also affects the artifi cial lighting require-ments.


6.5.2 Daylight 6.5.2(1) Working areas, occupiable rooms in institutions, teaching rooms, dining ar-eas and habitable rooms must have suf-fi cient daylight for the rooms to be well lit. Windows must be made, located and, where appropriate, screened such that sunlight through them does not cause overheating in the rooms, and such that nuisance from direct solar heat gain is avoided.

6.5.2(2) Working areas, occupiable rooms in institutions, teaching rooms, dining areas and habitable rooms must be fi t-ted with windows providing those in the rooms with a view of the surroundings.

6.5.2(3) Derogation from this requirement for daylight access is possible if compli-ance would be materially detrimental to the operation of the commercial activity, for example where the nature of the pro-duction does not permit daylight.

(6.5.2(1)) In working areas, the daylight can usually be taken to be suffi cient if the glazed area of side lights corresponds to a minimum of 10% of the fl oor area or, in the case of roofl ights, no less than 7% of the fl oor area, assuming that the light transmit-tance of the glazing is no less than 0.75. The 10% and 7% are guidelines assuming a normal location of the building and a nor-mal layout and fi tting out of the rooms. If the type of window is not known at the time of design, the clear frame area can be converted to the glazed area by multiplying the clear frame area by a factor of 0.7. The glazed area must be increased in propor-tion to any reduction in light transmittance (for example solar control glazing) or re-duced light ingress to the windows (for ex-ample nearby buildings). Daylight may similarly be deemed to be adequate when calculation or measurement can demon-strate that there is a daylight factor of 2% at the workplaces. When determining the daylight factor, account must be taken of actual conditions, including the design of the windows, the light transmittance of the pane and the nature of the room and of the surroundings. See By og Byg Guidelines 203, ”Beregning af dagslys i bygninger” [Calculation of daylight in buildings] and SBi Guidelines 219, “Dagslys i rum og bygninger, 2007” [Daylight in rooms and buildings, 2007].


6.5.3 Electric lighting 6.5.3(1) Working areas and shared ac-cess routes must have artifi cial lighting as necessary. For the types of working areas covered by the DS 700 series, Artifi cial lighting in workrooms, these standards must be used.

(6.5.3(1)) See the following standards: DS 700 Artifi cial lighting in workrooms, DS 703 Directions for lighting in hospitals, DS 704 Lighting – Defi nitions, DS 705 Artifi -cial lighting in dental consulting rooms, DS 707 Sports lighting – Semi-cylindrical il-lumination, DS/EN 12193 Light and light-ing – Sports lighting.

7. Energy consumption 116

7. Energy consumption

7.1 General 7.1(1) Buildings must be constructed so as to avoid unnecessary energy consump-tion for heating, hot water, cooling, vent-ilation and lighting while at the same time achieving healthy conditions.

The same applies to conversions and any other signifi cant alterations to buildings covered by 7.4.

7.1(2) Building elements facing the out-side, including windows and doors, may only comprise negligible cold bridges.

The energy impact of cold bridges must be factored into calculations of heat loss from each building element.

7.1(3) Buildings and building elements, including windows and doors, must be built such that the heat loss is not signifi -cantly increased as a result of moisture, wind or unintended passage of air.

7.1(4) Heat loss through building ele-ments in buildings heated to a minimum of 5°C must comply with the provisions of 7.5.

7.1(5) Building elements limiting rooms which are subjected to signifi cant waste heat, such as boiler houses and bakeries, or which are only briefl y, if ever, heated to above 5°C, must be thermally insulated as appropriate for their function.

(7.1(1)) This Part 7 contains provisions derived from articles 4, 5 and 6 of Directive 2002/91/EC on the energy performance of buildings.

See SBi Guidelines 213, “Bygningers ener-gibehov” [Energy demands of buildings].

Regulations on energy labelling of new build-ings and energy labelling of conversions can be found in the relevant executive order issued by the Danish Energy Authority.

(7.1(2)) This regulation helps to minimise the risk of condensation and the growth of mould, and to limit heat loss through the individual building elements.

(7.1(3)) Entrances to hotels, large shop premises and access to heated stairwells should normally be fi tted with a storm porch.

Thermal insulation subject to wind loading should be covered with a windproof mat-erial.

(7.1(5)) Insulation must be provided against hot commercial activities or plant rooms in order to achieve comfortable conditions.

Insulation of buildings which are heated for a short duration must be based on a cost-benefi t analysis or comfort considerations.


7.1(6) DS 418 Calculation of heat loss from buildings must be used when calcu-lating transmission losses.

The insulation properties of materials must be determined in accordance with relevant DS/EN standards.

7.1(7) The provisions of this part do not apply to horticultural hothouses or green-houses.

7.2 Energy performance frameworks for new buildings

7.2.1 General 7.2.1(1) The energy performance frame-work covers the total needs of the build-ing for supplied energy for heating, vent-ilation, cooling, domestic hot water and, where appropriate, lighting.

Energy provided by different types of en-ergy supply must be weighted. Appendix 6, containing design assumptions, must be used to demonstrate compliance with the energy performance framework.

7.2.1(2) Buildings heated to a minimum of 15°C must be designed such that the energy demand pursuant to 7.2.1(1) does not exceed the energy performance frame-work set out in 7.2.2 and 7.3.3.

(7.1(7)) This exemption applies to hot-houses/greenhouses for commercial grow-ing. However, the provisions apply to sales areas, offi ces and common rooms.

(7.2.1(1)) “Supplied energy” means pur-chased energy supplied to the property, for example in the form of natural gas, oil, district heating or electricity.

As buildings normally have several types of energy supply, the total weighting must, as stated in Appendix 6, be based on the rules laid down by the Danish Energy Authority.

(7.2.1(2)) The calculation of the energy demand must take account of the envelope of the building, the location and orientation of the building, including daylight and outdoor climate, the heating system and hot water supply, the heat-accumulating prop-erties of the building, any ventilation instal-lations and climate cooling, sunlight entry and solar screening, natural ventilation and the planned indoor climate.

In addition, buildings covered by 7.2.3 must also take account of lighting.

When determining the energy demand, ac-count may also be taken of, for example, the use of solar heating, solar cells, heat


7.2.1(3) In mixed use buildings to which different energy performance frameworks apply, the overall heated fl oor area of the building must be subdivided into building sections with the same usage. This sub-division must be used to determine the energy performance framework for the whole building.

7.2.1(4) Air changes through leakage in the building envelope may not exceed 1.5 l/s/m² of the heated fl oor area when tested at a pressure of 50 Pa. The result of the pressure test must be expressed as the average of measurements using over-pressure and underpressure. For buildings with high ceilings, in which the surface area of the building envelope divided by the fl oor area is greater than 3, air changes may not exceed 0.5 l/s per m² of the build-ing envelope.

7.2.1(5) If air changes have been tested, the test results may be used to calculate the energy consumption through ventila-tion. If there is no documentation, 1.5 l/s/m² at 50 Pa must be used.

7.2.1(6) Insulation of individual building elements in the building envelope must, however, be at least on a par with the values stated in 7.5.

pumps, mini CHP plants (combined heat and power), condensing boilers, district heating, use of heat recovery and cooling by night ventilation.

(7.2.1(3)) This provision applies, for ex-ample, to buildings used for both shops and dwellings.

(7.2.1(4)) Testing of air changes must be determined on the basis of DS/EN 13829 Thermal performance of buildings – Deter-mination of air permeability of buildings – Fan pressurisation method.

The municipal council may require docu-mentation of air changes; see 1.5(2).

For large-scale buildings, air changes through leakage may be demonstrated for individual building sections.

(7.2.1(5)) This regulation may be used by, for example, builders of standard houses who can use ongoing checks to demonstrate that their houses have low rates of air change.

(7.2.1(6)) “Building envelope” means the building elements that enclose the heated fl oor area.

The areas must be determined in accord-ance with DS 418 Calculation of heat loss from buildings.


7.2.1(7) Even if the energy performance framework has been complied with, the design transmission loss from single storey buildings, excluding the loss from windows and doors, may not exceed 6 W/m² of the building envelope, excluding windows and doors. For two-storey build-ings, the corresponding transmission loss may not exceed 7 W/m², and for buildings of three or more storeys, the correspond-ing design transmission loss may not ex-ceed 8 W/m² of the building envelope.

7.2.2 Energy performance frameworks for dwellings, student accommodation, hotels etc. 7.2.2(1) The total demand of the building for energy supply for heating, ventilation, cooling and domestic hot water per m² of heated fl oor area may not exceed 70 kWh/m²/year plus 2200 kWh/year divided by the heated fl oor area.

7.2.2(2) In buildings where the require-ment of 6.3.1.2(1) for mechanical ex-traction from bathrooms, lavatories and kitchens leads to air changes exceeding 0.3 l/s/m² of heated fl oor area, the energy performance framework may be increased

(7.2.1(7)) This provision ensures that the building envelope as a whole has reasonable insulating properties. The design transmis-sion loss must be determined as specifi ed in DS 418 Calculation of heat loss from build-ings. For buildings with high ceilings and which are comparable with two-storey buildings or buildings with three storeys or more, the corresponding transmission loss must be, respectively, 7 and 8 W/m² of the building envelope. “Windows” includes roofl ights and skylight domes.

(7.2.2(1)) The energy performance frame-work applies to buildings in which the lighting system is not normally determined at the time of erection.

Calculations must take account of solar heat gain, body heat and the heat-accumu-lating properties of the building.

Verifi cation must be on the basis of a simpli-fi ed methodology of calculation, using monthly average weather data etc. See Appendix 6.

Verifi cation must be on the basis of SBi Guidelines 213, “Bygningers energibehov” [Energy demands of buildings]. This provi-sion also applies to buildings with balanced mechanical ventilation and cooling.

The energy performance framework is ex-pressed as follows: (70+2200/A)kWh/m2 per annum, where A is the heated fl oor area.

(7.2.2(2)) The supplement to the energy performance framework for buildings with normal ceiling heights must be calculated as 130(q-0.3)kWh/m² per annum, where q is the fl ow in the extraction system in l/s/m² of heated fl oor area.


commensurate with the heating of the air fl ow that exceeds an air change of 0.3 l/s/m² of heated fl oor area.

7.2.3 Energy performance frameworks for offi ces, schools, institutions etc. not covered by 7.2.27.2.3(1) The total demand of the building for energy supply for heating, ventilation, cooling, domestic hot water and light-ing per m² of heated fl oor area may not exceed 95 kWh/m²/year plus 2200 kWh/year divided by the heated fl oor area.

7.2.3(2) For buildings or building sec-tions with a need for, for example, a high level of lighting, extra ventilation and high consumption of domestic hot water, or which are used for extended periods; or buildings with high ceilings, the en-ergy performance framework may be in-creased by the resulting calculated energy consumption.

7.2.4 Low energy buildings

7.2.4.1 Low energy performance framework for dwellings, student accommodation, hotels etc. 7.2.4.1(1) A low energy performance framework for residential buildings, stu-dent halls of residence/dormitories, hotels etc., i.e. a building whose total demand for energy supply for heating, ventilation, cooling and domestic hot water per m² of heated fl oor area does not exceed 35 kWh/m²/year plus 1100 kWh/year divided by the heated fl oor area may be classifi ed as a class 1 low energy building.

This supplement is also allowed for equip-ment with balanced ventilation.

(7.2.3(1)) For offi ces, schools, institutions and other buildings, the energy perform-ance framework can be expressed as fol-lows:

(95 + 2200/A)kWh/m² per annum, where A is the heated fl oor area.

(7.2.3(2)) For limits on high levels of light-ing, extra ventilation, high consumption of domestic hot water or use for extended periods; see SBi Guidelines 213, “Bygnin-gers energibehov” [Energy demands of buildings]. Appendix 6 contains assump-tions for calculation of the supplement to the energy performance framework for buildings with high ceilings.

(7.2.4.1(1)) For class 1 low energy build-ings, the energy performance framework is:

(35 +1100/A)kWh/m² per annum, where A is the heated fl oor area.


7.2.4.1(2) A building whose total demand for energy supply for heating, ventilation, cooling and domestic hot water per m² of heated fl oor area does not exceed 50 kWh/m²/year plus 1600 kWh/year divided by the heated fl oor area may be classifi ed as a class 2 low energy building.

7.2.4.2 Low energy performance framework for offi ces, schools, institutions etc. not covered by 7.2.4.17.2.4.2(1) Offi ces, schools, institutions and other buildings not covered by 7.2.4.1 may be classifi ed as class 1 low energy buildings if the need for supplied energy for heating, ventilation, cooling, domestic hot water and lighting per m² heated fl oor area does not exceed 50 kWh/m² per an-num plus 1100 kWh per annum divided by the heated fl oor area.

7.2.4.2(2) Offi ces, schools, institutions and other buildings not covered by 7.2.4.1 may be classifi ed as class 2 low energy buildings if the need for supplied energy for heating, ventilation, cooling, domestic hot water and lighting per m² heated fl oor area does not exceed 70 kWh/m² per an-num plus 1600 kWh per annum divided by the heated fl oor area.

7.3 Change of use and extensions

7.3.1 General 7.3.1(1) These provisions apply to chan-ges of use and extensions that are heated to a minimum of 15°C as an alternative to the provisions of 7.2.

7.3.1(2) The provisions of 7.3.2 and 7.3.3 also apply to detached portable buildings erected for temporary use.







(7.3.1(1)) “Change of use” means use for another purpose that involves signifi cantly higher energy consumption. An example could be the conversion of an outbuilding for habitation.

(7.3.1(2)) “Temporary use” means erection in connection with, for example, renovation of schools or other buildings and meeting an acute need for space.


7.3.2 Thermal insulation of building elements 7.3.2(1) Building elements around rooms that are normally heated to a minimum of 15°C must have a heat loss of no more than the following:

Table of U-values U - v a l u e W/m2 K

External walls and basement walls in contact with the soil. 0.20

Partition walls adjoining rooms that are unheated or heated to a temperature more than 8 K lower than the temperature in the room concerned.

0.40

Ground slabs, basement fl oors in contact with the soil and suspended upper fl oors above open air or a ventilated crawl space.

0.15

Ground slabs, basement fl oors in contact with the soil and suspended upper fl oors above open air or a ventilated crawl space, if underfl oor heating is used.

0.12

Ceiling and roof constructions, including jamb walls, fl at roofs and sloping walls directly adjoining the roof.

0.15

Windows and external doors, including glass walls and hatches to the outside or to rooms that are unheated or heated to a temperature more than 8 K below the tempera-ture in the rooms concerned (does not apply to ventilation openings below 500 cm²).

1.50

Skylights and roofl ights. 1.80


7.3.2(2) The use of the U-values and lin-ear losses stated for new build is subject to the total area of windows and external doors, including roofl ights, glass walls and hatches to the outside comprising no more than 22% of heated fl oor area in the extension.

The calculation does not include the fl oor area and the area of windows and external doors in shops etc. on the ground fl oor.

7.3.2(3) In the case of a change of use, constructional factors may prevent full compliance with 7.3.2(1)-(2). Other com-pensatory solutions may be used, to make good the shortfall in performance.

7.3.2(4) Structural alterations that increase energy consumption may be carried out provided that compensatory energy sav-ings are made. The changes must comply with the requirements of 7.3.2(1).

Linear lossW/m K

Foundations. 0.15

Foundations around fl oors with underfl oor heating. 0.12

Joint between external wall, windows or external doors and hatches.

0.03

Joint between roof construction and windows in the roof or roofl ights.

0.10

(7.3.2(2)) “Heated fl oor area” means the total fl oor area of the storeys or parts thereof which are heated, including any glazed rooms, basements and covered spaces that are heated to a minimum of 15°C.

“Area of windows and external doors” means the area of the opening into which the window or external door is set.

For roofl ights, the surface area of the roofl ight may be used.

(7.3.2(3)) It may, for example, be diffi cult to comply with the requirements for linear loss for existing windows and foundations. By way of alternative, a corresponding amount of energy can be saved, for example by additional insulation or installation of solar heating, a heat pump or solar cells.

(7.3.2(4)) This provision applies, for exam-ple, to a proposal to fi t new windows to a facade or roof. The reduced energy per-formance is compensated for by, for ex-ample, extra insulation, solar heating, a heat pump or solar cells.


7.3.3 Heat loss framework7.3.3(1) U-values and linear losses can be altered and window areas etc. increased, provided that heat loss from the extension is not greater than if the requirements of 7.3.2 were satisfi ed.

However, insulation of the individual building elements must be at least on a par with the U-values and linear losses specifi ed in 7.5.

7.4 Conversion and other signifi cant alterations to the building and replacement of boilers etc.

7.4.1 General 7.4.1(1) Conversions carried out as part of a signifi cant change of use must com-ply with the requirements of 7.3.

7.4.1(2) Churches, museums, listed build-ings and buildings which form part of a scheduled ancient monument, and build-ings worthy of preservation covered by a protective town planning by-law, a local preservation plan, a registered preserva-tion order, or buildings pointed out in the municipal plan as worthy of preservation are exempt from the provisions of 7.4.2 and 7.4.3.

7.4.1(3) Structural measures are deemed to be economically viable if the annual saving multiplied by the lifetime divided by the investment is greater than 1.33.

(7.3.3(1)) The heat loss framework in this context only covers the extension, but the former heat loss through the covered part of the existing building may be allowed for in the heat loss framework.

(7.4.1(1)) An example of a change of use would be conversion of a useable roof space.

A new loft or new dwellings on fl at roofs are extensions.

(7.4.1(2)) Section 22 of the Building Act provides that exemptions from the provi-sions of 7.4.2 and 7.4.3 may be granted if warranted by architectural or structural considerations.

(7.4.1(3)) The following maximum design lifetimes have been set by the Danish En-ergy Authority:

– 40 years for post-insulation of protective building elements, for example cavity wall insulation.


7.4.2 Major conversions7.4.2(1) In the event of major conversions and other alterations that are signifi cant in terms of energy, the building envelope and services must be made to comply with the provisions of 7.3.2(1), 7.4.3(6)-(8) and Part 8 provided that each individual measure is suffi ciently cost-effective.

7.4.2(2) Major conversions and other al-terations that are signifi cant in terms of energy are building works on the build-ing envelope or installations which affect more than 25% of the building envelope; or whose value is higher than 25% of the value of the latest public property valua-tion, excluding the value of the plot.

– 20 years for other post-insulation of ac-cessible building elements, for new windows and new heating systems.

– 10 years for renovation of a boiler plant.

– 10 years for light fi ttings.

– 10 years for automatic night setback.

– 5 years for joint sealing.

(7.4.2(1)) The implementation of energy-saving measures is limited to those meas-ures that are suffi ciently cost-effective. If the property is energy labelled, this will usually be the measures cited on the energy labelling.

(7.4.2(2)) The latest public valuation of the property and the plot must be used for this purpose. Any planned new extension is ex-cluded from this fi gure.

Painting, rendering of facades and cavity wall insulation are examples of works that are not signifi cant building works in this context.

“Services” means heating systems, ventila-tion installations, cooling systems and hot water systems.

For other works such as modernisation of kitchens or bathrooms, only the cost of the services listed must be included in the cost of the investment, while costs of, for ex-ample, fl oor and wall covering, kitchen cupboards, white goods and sanitary appli-ances are excluded.

Fitting of lightweight partition walls in of-fi ce buildings is not included in the cost of the works.


7.4.2(3) The provision of 7.4.2(2) does not apply to single-family houses.

7.4.2(4) Constructional factors may render cost-effective compliance with the provisions of 7.3.2(1) impossible.

There may, however, be less extensive work whereby energy demand can be re-duced. If so, it is this work which is to be carried out.

7.4.3 Individual measures7.4.3(1) Even if the work is not extensive enough to be covered by 7.4.2, the provi-sions of 7.4.3(2)-(8) in respect of energy must still be satisfi ed when the work con-cerned is carried out, provided that each measure is cost-effective; see 7.4.1(3).

7.4.3(2) When roofi ng is replaced or a new roof is installed, the ceiling or roof construction must be insulated in accord-ance with 7.3.2(1).

7.4.3(3) When the rain envelope of exter-ior walls is replaced, the exterior walls must be insulated in accordance with 7.3.2(1).

7.4.3(4) Constructional factors may pre-vent economically viable compliance with

(7.4.2(3)) Single-family houses include de-tached single-family houses, semi-detached, terraced, linked and cluster houses etc.

(7.4.2(4)) Cavity wall insulation is an ex-ample of a measure that does not comply with 7.4.2(1). Compliance with 7.3.2(1) would require, for example, external post-insulation with a new building envelope.

This may not be economical in the particu-lar case, whereas cavity wall insulation, which is less extensive work, may be highly cost-effective. Cavity wall insulation must therefore be installed.

(7.4.3(2))Examples of the replacement or construction of a new roof include:

– laying of new roof felt in the form of un-derlay felt and top felt on an existing roof;

– a new tiled roof on old battens;

– a new steel sheet roof on an old felted roof or a roof of fi bre cement sheets.

If a roof is patched with new rolls of roofi ng felt above the existing roofi ng felt, the work is not covered by 7.4.3(2).


the provisions of 7.3.2(1) in respect of the measures identifi ed in 7.4.3(2)-(3).

There may, however, be less extensive work whereby energy demand can be re-duced. If so, it is this work which is to be carried out.

7.4.3(5) When replacing a boiler or chang-ing the type of heat supply, the provisions on the installation concerned in Part 8 must be satisfi ed.

7.4.3(6) If all the windows in a facade are replaced, they must have a U-value not exceeding 1.50 W/m²K; but see 7.4.3(8). For the “Dannebrog” type windows or small windows and windows divided into fi xed panels and opening frames, the U-value may not exceed (1.20 + n•0.30) W/m²K, with an addition for any glazing bars of 0.20 W/m²K. The U-value may, however, not exceed 2.00 W/m²K.

7.4.3(7) Alternatively, the windows must have an effective U-value:

Ueff = Uw – 2,2• g•Apane / Awindow not ex-ceeding (0.50 + n•0.20) W/m²K, with the addition of 0.20 W/m²K to Ueff for any glazing bars.

7.4.3(8) Total replacement of skylights and roofl ights and improvement of win-dows facade by facade using inner frames must have a U-value not exceeding 1.8 W/m²K.

(7.4.3(5)) If, for example, it is not economi-cal to replace a boiler, it need not be replaced. If the owner still decides to replace it, the provisions of Part 8 will apply. Replacement of a boiler will in some cases also involve replacement of the chimney or fl ue.

(7.4.3(6)) n is the number of fi xed panels and opening frames per m². For example, n = 4 for a 1 m² ”Dannebrog” type window. A small window of 0.25 m² has n = 4 and this gives:

U = 2.40 W/m²K, but the window must also comply with U = 2.00 W/m²K.

(7.4.3(7)) The effective U-value Ueff takes account of solar gain on the assumption of a typical orientation and distribution of the windows in relation to size and the points of the compass.

Uw is the U-value of the window; g is the solar energy transmittance of the pane; Apane is the area of the pane; and Awindow is the area of the window.


7.5 Minimum thermal insulation7.5(1) If the energy performance frame-work set out in 7.2 and the heat loss framework set out in 7.3.3 are used, the insulation of the individual building ele-ments must at least correspond to the heat loss levels in the table below.

Building elements around rooms that are heated to more than 5°C must also have thermal insulation which at least corres-ponds to the values shown in the table:

Table of U-values U - v a l u e W/m2 K


Partition walls adjoining rooms that are unheated or heated to a temperature more than 8 K lower than the temperature in the room concerned.

0.50

Suspended upper fl oors to rooms that are unheated or heated to a temperature more than 8 K lower than the temperature in the room concerned.

0.40


0.30

Suspended fl oors below fl oors with underfl oor heating ad-joining rooms that are heated.

0.70

Ceiling and roof constructions, including jamb walls, fl at roofs and sloping walls directly adjoining the roof.

0.25

Windows and external doors, including roofl ights, glass walls and hatches to the outside or to rooms that are un-heated or heated to a temperature more than 8 K below the temperature in the room concerned.

2.00


Table of linear losses

Linear loss W/mK

Foundations around spaces that are heated to a minimum of 5°C.

0.40


Joint between external wall and windows or external doors and hatches.

0.06

Joint between roof construction and windows in the roof or roofl ights.

0.20

7.6 Holiday homes 7.6(1) Holiday homes and extensions to holiday homes must comply with the fol-lowing requirements for U-values and lin-ear losses:

Table of U-values U-value W/m2 K


Partition walls and suspended upper fl oors adjoining rooms that are unheated.

0.40


0.20

Ground slabs, basement fl oors in contact with the soil and suspended upper fl oors above open air or a ventilated crawl space, if underfl oor heating is used.

0.15

Ceiling and roof constructions, including jamb walls and fl at roofs.

0.20

Windows, external doors, roofl ights facing the outside or facing rooms that are unheated.

2.00


Table of linear losses

Linear loss W/mK

Foundations. 0.20


Joint between external wall and windows or external doors, glazed walls and hatches.

0.06

Joint between roof construction and windows in the roof. 0.15

7.6(2) U-values and linear losses in 7.6(1) apply with a limitation of the window area of 30% of the fl oor area.

7.6(3) Derogation from these values may be possible provided that the design heat loss by transmission does not thereby be-come greater than if the requirements of 7.6(1)-(2) were complied with.

(7.6(3)) For extensions, the calculation only factors in the extension itself, but previous heat loss through the covered part of the existing building may be allowed for in the heat loss framework.

8. Services 131

8. Services

8.1 General 8.1(1) Services must be installed so as not to constitute any danger to persons nor cause damage to the building. Vibration nuisance may not be transmitted to the building.

8.1(2) Services must be installed so as not to constitute a fi re hazard or risk of explo-sion. Pipe penetrations, ducts etc. must incorporate measures to prevent the pas-sage of noise, moisture, fi re, gas, smoke and odours.

8.1(3) The surface temperature of com-bustible materials must be kept low enough to prevent the risk of ignition.

(8.1(1)) See also the executive order on the use of pressure equipment issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority and the executive order on the design of pressure equipment issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

These executive orders apply to pipe systems, tanks, solar collectors, heat pumps, cooling systems, boilers etc. in which gases or vapours can occur at a pressure of more than 0.5 bar.

With regard to excavations for services; see DS 415 Code of practice on foundation engineering.

(8.1(3)) This requirement is normally satis-fi ed if the surface temperature does not exceed 80°C. When this is not achieved, services at a temperature of between 80°C and 100°C should be kept to a minimum of 30 mm from woodwork or other combustible materials. At a temperature of between 100°C and 150°C, the distance should be no less than 50 mm.

For boilers, chimneys, pellet fuel stoves and wood-burning stoves, the distance to combustible materials may be fi xed by the CE marking or by MK approvals (the ap-proval scheme for materials and structures). If so, the specifi ed distance to combustible materials must be observed.

If the separation distance to combustible materials is not specifi ed, this requirement may be deemed to be satisfi ed if the distance from the outside of a wood-burning stove to combustible materials in walls and ceilings is no less than 500 mm. For brick fi replaces and massive stoves, the distance must be measured from the inside of the fi replace.

8. Services 132

8.1(4) Combustible materials must be kept at no less than the following sepa-ration distances from small steel chim-neys and brick chimneys that are not CE marked or MK approved (the approval scheme for materials and structures), and from the associated fl ue pipes and clean-ing hatches:

1) Chimneys 100 mm.

2) Flue pipes 225 mm. This also applies to fl ue pipes size Ø 80-100 mm from pellet fuel stoves.

3) Cleaning hatches 200 mm.

8.1(5) The distance for a fl ue pipe from a pellet fuel stove size Ø 80-100 mm to the fl oor may be reduced to 150 mm if the fl oor is covered with a non-combustible plate.

8.1(6) Services must be installed such that they contribute to comfortable, healthy conditions.

8.1(7) Services which are at risk of expo-sure to frost must be frost-proofed.

8.1(8) Services must be built so as to pre-vent unnecessary energy consumption. They must be insulated against heat loss and condensation in accordance with DS 452 Code of practice for thermal insula-

(8.1(4)) The distances must be measured from the outside.

(8.1(6)) The intention of this provision is, inter alia, to prevent the penetration of smoke from heating appliances into the building.

See also Part 6 concerning radon and other pollution from the subsoil.

See also Part 6 concerning noise from en-ergy-producing systems. This provision also covers measures against rats and other pests.

(8.1(8)) Wherever possible, pipes and tanks should be fi tted so that heat emitted from them benefi ts the building.

8. Services 133

tion and technical service and supply sys-tems in buildings.

8.1(9) Building services and equipment etc. that require servicing, frequent ad-justments, inspections or maintenance, must be installed so as to allow such in-terventions to proceed in a suitable and appropriate manner.

8.1(10) With the aim of making buildings accessible for persons with impaired mo-bility, installations and services in build-ings which house places of public as-sembly must be designed and improved, taking account of what is technically fea-sible, to allow the installation and use of technical aids for the disabled.

8.1(11) Places of public assembly, includ-ing facilities designed for shared activi-ties such as concerts, lectures and other entertainment, must have fi xed induction loop systems or similar equipment for the hearing impaired which is at least as ef-fective as an induction loop system.

(8.1(9)) For safety equipment and the de-sign and fi tting out of rooms housing cool-ing systems; see DS/EN 378 parts 2 and 3, Refrigerating systems and heat pumps.

Pipe systems which require servicing, in-spection and maintenance should as a general rule be installed either in service galleries with a clear height of no less than 1.9 m and a clear width of no less than 0.7 m, or in ducts with removable covers.

See DS 5129 Installations for signalling and communication. Part 2-1: Cable ducts in buildings for infrastructure cables for IT&T purposes.

(8.1(10)) This provision ensures that even at the planning and design stage of building services, the greatest possible allowance is made for the use of technical aids for the disabled in the building without necessitat-ing major modifi cations and their associ-ated piping and wiring etc.

(8.1(11)) “Places of public assembly” re-ferred to include assembly halls, churches, libraries and concert halls which are pub-licly accessible to audiences. Ordinary teaching rooms in primary schools and, for example, meeting rooms in offi ce buildings are not included.

All services should comply with DS/EN 60118-4 Electroacoustics – Hearing aids – Part 4: Induction loop systems for hear-ing aid purposes – Magnetic fi eld strength.

If an equivalent hearing aid facility to a fi xed induction loop system is chosen, the associated equipment must be appropriate for the size of the audience.

To ensure that the chosen system is operable when used, regular testing of the system is recommended.

8. Services 134

8.2 Distribution systems for heating, cooling and domestic hot water 8.2(1) Heating systems must be appropri-ately designed and installed in terms of safety, energy and indoor climate consid-erations.

8.2(2) Heating systems using water as the heat carrying medium must be built, fully commissioned and handed over as required by DS 469 Heating systems with water as the heating medium.

8.2(3) Electric and air heating systems in buildings must incorporate automatic regulation of heat transfer according to the heat demand.

The system must also be fi tted with time and temperature control of heat transfer to the rooms.

8.2(4) Cooling systems and heat pumps must incorporate automatic regulation of the cooling or heating output according to the demand. Cooling systems must also be fi tted with time and temperature con-trol of cooling output to the rooms.

8.2(5) Heating systems must be designed and built for energy-effi cient operation. The type, size and function of compo-nents must match each other and must be suited to the design heat loss of the build-ing and the variation in consumption over the year.

(8.2(2)) The code of practice contains, inter alia, functional requirements for the control and regulation of heat emitters.

The code of practice also contains func-tional requirements for the commissioning of heating systems and requirements for instructions for use, operation and mainte-nance.

(8.2(3) and (4)) These provisions make it possible to reduce or suspend output from the system during periods of no heat de-mand.

(8.2(5)) For heating systems fed by district heating; see the heating station’s technical conditions of supply. If these are not avail-able, Danish District Heating’s technical conditions of supply can be used.

8. Services 135

8.2(6) Domestic water systems supplied by heat pumps must incorporate a sup-plementary heat source in case the heat pump cannot heat the water suffi ciently.

8.3 Ventilation systems8.3(1) Ventilation systems must be appro-priately designed in terms of safety, en-ergy and indoor climate considerations.

8.3(2) Ventilation systems are to be ena-bled to function unimpeded by detrimen-tal interference from other air-consuming appliances, and without consuming un-necessary levels of energy.

It must be possible to restrict the supply of fresh air during periods when the need for ventilation of the building is reduced. It must be possible to adjust the supply of fresh air to suit the loads in rooms with highly variable ventilation needs.

8.3(3) Ventilation installations must be installed, fully commissioned and handed over as stated in DS 447 Code of practice for mechanical ventilation installations.

8.3(4) Ventilation installations must be installed such that they do not constitute a fi re hazard. Installations must comply with DS 428, the Danish Society of En-gineers’ Code of practice for technical measures for fi re protection in ventilation systems for buildings.

8.3(5) Ventilation systems must be cleaned, operated and maintained so as to be kept in good technical and hygienic condition.

(8.2(6)) Measures should be taken to mini-mise the risk of growth of legionella bacte-ria in the hot water, for example by heating the domestic hot water suffi ciently DS 439 Code of practice for domestic water supply installations.

(8.3(1)) Indoor climate-related ventilation provisions are stated in Part 6.

(8.3(2)) Air consuming appliances include gas and oil fi red appliances, fi replaces, wood-burning stoves, tumble driers, airing cupboards etc.

8. Services 136

8.3(6) Ventilation installations must in-corporate heat recovery with a tempera-ture effi ciency of no less than 65%.

This requirement may, however, be waived when the surplus heat from the exhaust air cannot reasonably be used.

8.3(7) For ventilation installations with a constant air volume, the power consump-tion for air movement may not exceed 2,100 J/m³ fresh air.

For installations with a variable air vol-ume, the power consumption for air move-ment may not exceed 2,500 J/m³ fresh air at a maximum output and at maximum pressure drops.

For extraction systems without mechan-ical fresh air supply, the specifi c power consumption for air movement may not exceed 1,000 J/m³.

This provision does not apply to installa-tions associated with industrial processes and installations whose annual power de-mand for air movement is less than 400 kWh.

8.3(8) For ventilation installations with a constant or variable air volume and heat recovery supplying a dwelling, the spe-cifi c power demand for air movement may not exceed 1,200 J/m³ for the mode of operation with the maximum pressure drop.

8.3(9) Equipment for humidifying intake air may only be installed if this is war-ranted by reasons of safety, production, preservation or health.

(8.3(6)) Recirculation is not considered to be an alternative to a heat recovery sys-tem.

(8.3(7)) “Power consumption for air move-ment” means the total power consumption per m3 of air moved, calculated from air inlet to the exhaust.

The air may thus be moved by several fans. “An installation with a variable air vol-ume” means an installation in which the air volume can be regulated manually or auto-matically when the plant is in operation so that consumption is signifi cantly reduced.

Power consumption for air movement can be calculated for each individual installa-tion or jointly for several installations in a building.

8. Services 137

8.3(10) Ducts for natural ventilation must be taken above roof level, to a height and with a design that achieves satisfactory performance.

8.3(11) Exhausts from natural ventilation must be designed and located such that the exhaust air is discharged in a suitable manner for the ventilation system and without causing a nuisance to the sur-roundings.

8.3(12) Ventilation ducts for natural vent-ilation must be suffi ciently airtight.

8.3(13) Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural oc-cupations are exempt from the require-ments of this section.

8.4 Water and drainage systems

8.4.1 General 8.4.1(1) Water and drainage systems must be designed so as to provide satisfactory performance in terms of fi re, safety, func-tional and health considerations.

8.4.1(2) Water and drainage systems must be made of materials and components that are suffi ciently durable for the stresses to which they are subjected.

8.4.1(3) Water and drainage systems must be suffi ciently watertight to prevent acci-dental infi ltration or exfi ltration.

8.4.1(4) The siting of water and drain-age systems relative to building elements

(8.3(10)) Exhaust ducts from kitchens, bathrooms and lavatories must be taken up to the ridge.

(8.3(12)) This requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if airtightness class A in DS 447 Code of practice for mechanical ventilation installations is used.

(8.4.1(1)) See DS 432 Code of practice for sanitary drainage – Wastewater installa-tions, DS 439 Code of practice for domestic water supply installations and “Rørcenter-anvisning 011 Vacuumsystemer i bygnin-ger” [Pipe Centre guidance 011 Vacuum systems in buildings].

(8.4.1(2)) These stresses may be thermal or mechanical loads, corrosion etc. and may be both internal and external.

8. Services 138

such as foundations or fi xing to building elements, must be such that damage can-not be caused to the services or building elements.

8.4.1(5) Components and materials must satisfy the requirements of 8.4.

8.4.1(6) Factory-made products used in or connected to plumbing systems must be certifi ed by the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority through ETA-Danmark A/S, unless the product con-cerned is exempted in accordance with the provisions on the certifi cation scheme in force from time to time. This provision applies to characteristics which affect the quality of drinking water as defi ned by the executive order on water quality and supervision of water supply systems issued by the Ministry of the Environment and Energy,

8.4.1(7) Factory-made products used in or connected to plumbing or drainage systems must, in terms of mechanical/physical characteristics, either:

1) be CE marked to show tha00t the prod-ucts conform to a harmonised standard or are covered by a European Techni-cal Approval (ETA) with the provisions which apply in Denmark; or

2) have undergone a process of produc-tion checks and tests, known as certi-fi cation system 3, which corresponds to the certifi cation scheme ii) variant 2 in Appendix III of the Ministry of Housing executive order on the im-plementation of the EU Directive on the approximation of laws, regulations

(8.4.1(6)) A list of the products which are exempt from this requirement for certifi ca-tion is given on ETA-Danmark A/S´s website (www.etadanmark.dk).

(8.4.1(7)) See Appendix 7.

8. Services 139

and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to construc-tion products as amended by the EU Directive on the amendment of, inter alia, the EU Directive on construction products.

8.4.1(8) Rainwater systems in which rainwater from roofs is used for WCs and washing machines in dwellings and similar buildings must be designed in ac-cordance with the executive order on wa-ter quality and inspection of water supply systems issued by the Ministry of the En-vironment and Energy.

8.4.1(9) Water and drainage systems must be designed so as to eliminate the risk of bursting or harmful pressures and water hammer.

8.4.1(10) Water and drainage systems must be designed so that they can be cleaned as necessary. There must be easy access for cleaning and for necessary maintenance work on components.

8.4.1(11) Water and drainage systems must be maintained so as to be kept in good technical and hygienic condition.

8.4.1(12) Operating and maintenance in-structions must be prepared and must be available when the systems are taken into use. The instructions must contain a set of layout drawings with information on the location of all components that require maintenance and inspection. Maintenance and inspections must be described.

(8.4.1(8)) See “Rørcenteranvisning 003 Brug af regnvand og wc-skyl og vaskemask-iner i boliger” [Pipe Centre guidance 003 Use of rainwater for WC fl ushing and washing machines in dwellings].

8. Services 140

8.4.2 Plumbing systems

8.4.2.1 General

8.4.2.1(1) Plumbing systems must be de-signed and installed so as to achieve sat-isfactory water supply at each individual draw-off point, taking account of the sup-ply conditions and the use of the building and the system.

8.4.2.1(2) At all draw-off points cold wa-ter must comply physically, chemically and bacteriologically with the require-ments in respect of water quality and the inspection of water supply systems issued by the Ministry of the Environment and Energy.

Cold water must be provided at a suffi -ciently low temperature without undue waiting time. This provision does not ap-ply to installations covered by 8.4.1(8), nor to special systems for water for tech-nical use.

8.4.2.1(3) To protect the water supply system from impurities being drawn back into the drinking water system, a non-re-turn valve must be fi tted to the distribu-tion pipe after the buried pipe enters the property and before any branch to another pipe.

8.4.2.1(4) Plumbing systems must be de-signed such that treated water and water drawn off at a draw-off point cannot be drawn back into the drinking water sys-tem.

(8.4.2.1(3) and (4)) On drinking water systems, measures to guard against back-fl ow of treated water must be appropriate for any health risk posed by the treated water and for the type and use of the sys-tems.

See DS/EN 1717 Protection against pollu-tion of potable water in water installations and general requirements of devices to prevent pollution by backfl ow.

8. Services 141

8.4.2.1(5) If drinking water systems can come into contact with substances which are hazardous to health, the systems must be designed to prevent ingress of such substances into the drinking water system by corrosion or diffusion, so that health hazards cannot arise.

8.4.2.1(6) Plumbing systems must be de-signed to avoid unnecessary water con-sumption, including waste of water.

8.4.2.1(7) Plumbing systems must be de-signed to avoid overfl ow nuisance from the hot to the cold water system.

8.4.2.1(8) Plumbing systems must be de-signed so that the consumption of hot and cold water can be metered.

8.4.2.1(9) Services for water for technical use and services which for other reasons are not compliant with the standards for drinking water quality must be marked in such a way that incorrect use can be avoided.

8.4.2.2 Hot water8.4.2.2(1) Plumbing systems must be de-signed to function with the least possible risk of growth of bacteria.

8.4.2.2(2) Appliances for the production of domestic hot water must, taking ac-count of the number and uses of the hot water draw-off points, be able to provide a suffi cient volume and fl ow of water at an appropriate temperature for the purpose.

(8.4.2.1(6)) See “Rørcenteranvisning 002 Ressourcebesparende vandinstallationer i boliger” [the Pipe Centre guidance 002 Resource-saving plumbing systems in dwellings].

(8.4.2.1(8)) See the executive order on indi-vidual metering of electricity, gas, water and heat issued by the National Building and Housing Agency and the executive or-der issued by the National Building and Housing Agency amending the executive order on individual metering of electricity, gas, water and heat.

(8.4.2.2(2)) At infrequently used draw-off points such as guest bathrooms in dwell-ings, the requirement to reduce waste of water may be waived.

8. Services 142

The hot water must be provided at an appropriate temperature without undue waiting time.

8.4.2.2(3) Plumbing systems must be de-signed such that drawing off hot water does not involve a risk of scalding, and such that surface temperatures that could cause personal injury do not arise.

8.4.2.2(4) The facility must be provided for tracing liquids other than water which are used in heat exchangers for domestic water and for detecting them in the do-mestic hot water supply.

8.4.2.3 Flooding8.4.2.3(1) Plumbing systems must be de-signed so as to provide adequate protec-tion against water overfl ow or leakage of water which could damage the building. The design must facilitate prompt detec-tion of leaks.

8.4.2.3(2) Draw-off points may only be provided where there is a drainage system with suffi cient capacity, or where the wa-ter can be discharged by another means or collected in a suitable manner.

8.4.2.3(3) Appliances with automatic wa-ter fi lling in rooms without a fl oor gully must be fi tted with or have built-in protec-tion against accidental discharges of wa-ter and must be located such that leakage of water can be detected.

8.4.2.4 Materials, components and workmanship 8.4.2.4(1) Plumbing systems must be made of materials that do not leach health-hazardous substances into the wa-

(8.4.2.3(1)) This provision means that, for example, a shower unit, designed to be built in, may be built into a concrete wall, pro-vided that a duct is also built in to ensure that water from a leak can be run off without damaging the building and so that the leak can be detected before it damages the build-ing.

(8.4.2.4(1)) This requirement applies to all materials used in the installation, for ex-ample pipes, fi ttings and gaskets.

8. Services 143

ter or give rise to odour, taste or discol-oration nuisances or inappropriate growth of micro-organisms.

8.4.2.4(2) Installation parts fi tted such that they cannot be replaced must be of such a quality that they can last as long as the building element in which they are fi tted.

8.4.3 Drainage systems

8.4.3.1 General 8.4.3.1(1) Each location and fi tting on a plumbing system with a draw-off point must be provided with appropriate drain-age.

8.4.3.1(2) Rainwater drainage must be provided if seepage or rainwater harvest-ing can constitute a risk to buildings or building elements, or other disadvantages such as a nuisance to traffi c.

8.4.3.1(3) Drainage systems must be de-signed and built so as to achieve satisfac-tory disposal of the runoff, taking account of the connections and the surroundings and of the intended use of the system, the plot and the building.

8.4.3.1(4) Drainage systems must be de-signed and built with suffi cient factors of safety against:

1) Flooding.

2) Odour nuisance.

3) Deposits that can reduce their capa-city.

(8.4.3.1(1)) See “Rørcenteranvisning 001 Ressourcebesparende afl øbsinstallationer i boliger” [Pipe Centre guidance 001, Re-source-saving drainage systems in dwell-ings].

(8.4.3.1(2)) See “Rørcenteranvisning 009 Nedsivning af regnvand i faskiner. Vejled-ning i projektering, dimensionering, ud-førelse og drift af faskiner. [Pipe Centre guidance 009, Seepage of rainwater into soakaways. Guidance on the design, sizing, installation and operation of soakaways].

(8.4.3.1(3)) Foul water must be drained in proportion to the infl ow so that fl ooding does not occur as a result of normal use of the systems.

Rainwater must be drained without causing fl ooding at the design rainfall intensity set by the municipal council.

(8.4.3.1(4)) Drains should be provided from chimneys and fl ues from condensing boilers, small-scale CHP plants (combined heat and power) and from heat exchangers in heat pumps and cooling systems.

See “Rørcenteranvisning 011 Vacuumsys-temer i bygninger. Vejledning i projektering, udførelse og drift”. [Pipe Centre guidance 011 Vacuum systems in buildings. Guidance on the design, installation and operation].

8. Services 144

8.4.3.1(5). Each drainage system must be contained within the plot it serves.

8.4.3.2 Materials, components and workmanship 8.4.3.2(1) Substances with the potential to harm or impair the functioning of the main drainage system, wastewater treat-ment plant or recipient may not be dis-charged into drainage systems or main drainage systems.

8.4.3.2(2) Covers must:

1) be made, located and fi xed in such a way that there is suffi cient protection against accidents;

2) have the strength to resist the loads to which they are subjected; and

3) be fi tted such that the loads that arise do not harm the drainage systems.

8.4.3.2(3) If there is a risk of backing-up in the main drainage systems, drainage systems must be designed such that back-ing-up cannot cause harmful fl ooding in the domestic system.

8.4.3.2(4) Drainage systems must be de-signed so as to prevent overfl ows into the water supply and plumbing systems, and into any other drainage system or other part of the system.

8.4.3.2(5) If the main drainage systems are built as a separate system, the drain-age systems must also be built as a sepa-rate system.

(8.4.3.2(1)) Pursuant to the Environmental Protection Act, the municipal council may impose requirements for the foul water discharged to main drainage systems.

Substances that can harm or impair the functioning of drainage systems, wastewa-ter treatment plants or recipients must be retained by separators or be neutralised.

8. Services 145

8.4.3.2(6) If required by the munici-pal council, the necessary ventilation of main drainage systems must be provided through the drainage system of a prop-erty.

8.5 Heating appliances and chimneys8.5(1) Central heating boilers, small-scale CHP plants (combined heat and power), generator systems, biofuel systems, wood-burning stoves, fi replaces and other heat-ing appliances must be built and installed to prevent the danger of fi re, explosion, poisoning and health nuisance.

8.5(2) Materials with the requisite resist-ance to fl ue gases, fi re, heat and corrosion must be used.

8.5.1 Heating appliances

8.5.1.1 General 8.5.1.1(1) Heating appliances must be de-signed and installed such that they can be cleaned without diffi culty.

8.5.1.1(2) Heating appliances must be air-tight and arranged to achieve good com-bustion.

(8.5(1)) Central heating systems with boilers must be designed in accordance with the Danish Working Environment Authority’s guidance, “Indretning og an-vendelse af varmeanlæg” [Design and use of heating systems].

For heating appliances with motorised moving parts; see the executive order on the design and layout of technical equipment issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority. See the Danish Working Envir-onment Authority’s guidance ”Indretning og anvendelse af fyrede varmtvandsanlæg” [Design and use of fi red or fuelled hot water systems].

See also executive orders on the design of pressure equipment and the use of pressure equipment issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

For gas-fi red systems; see the Danish Gas Regulations.

(8.5.1.1(1)) See the executive order on the inspection of boilers and heating systems in buildings issued by the Danish Energy Au-thority.

8. Services 146

8.5.1.1(3) The heating appliance must have an adequate supply of air for com-bustion.

8.5.1.1(4) Heating appliances must be constructed such that, under normal op-erating conditions, there is negative pres-sure in the combustion chamber and fl ues relative to the room in which the appli-ance is installed.

Derogation from this requirement is pos-sible in the case of specially sealed boilers designed for over-pressure combustion and installed away from habitable and working areas in a special room with unblockable ventilation openings to the outside.

8.5.1.1(5) Heating appliances may not be installed in rooms containing readily combustible material without a satisfac-tory fi re-resisting partition.

8.5.1.2 Small-scale CHP plants8.5.1.2(1) These provisions apply to small-scale CHP plants (combined heat and pow-er) with an output not exceeding 120 kW.

8.5.1.2(2) Small-scale CHP plants (com-bined heat and power) must be designed and built for energy-effi cient operation.

8.5.1.2(3) Flues from small-scale CHP plants (combined heat and power) may not be connected to the fl ue from other heating appliances. It must be possible to clean the fl ue.

(8.5.1.1(3)) Adequate air for combustion can be achieved by installing the heating appliance in a room fi tted with an adjustable fresh air vent or by supplying the combus-tion chamber with air through a duct from the outside.

See also 8.3(2).

(8.5.1.1(4)) It should be ensured on instal-lation that the draught in the chimney meets the minimum requirements stated in the boiler installation instructions.

If not, the chimney should be improved or fi tted with a smoke extractor.

(8.5.1.1(5)) A fi re-resisting division may, for example, consist of walls and suspended upper fl oors of no less than building ele-ment class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 60 building element] and with doors of no less than fi re door class EI2 30-C [a BD 30 door].

(8.5.1.2(1)) For small-scale gas-fi red CHP plants; see the Danish Gas Regulations.

With respect to electricity; see section 6 of the Danish Heavy Current Regulations. See especially part 551.

8. Services 147

8.5.1.2(4) Plants with a heat output of more than 30 kW must be installed in their own fi re-resisting units.

8.5.1.3 Wood-burning stoves, pellet fuel stoves, massive stoves and fi replaces8.5.1.3(1) The fl oor below and around wood-burning stoves, pellet fuel stoves, massive stoves and fi replaces must be non-combustible or permanently clad with a non-combustible material to pre-vent sparks from starting a fi re.

8.5.1.3(2) Wood-burning stoves may be fi tted with manually operated smoke dampers which ensure an air passage of no less than 20 cm² in the closed position.

8.5.1.3(3) Water tanks in fi replaces and wood-burning stoves may not be con-nected to sealed central heating systems. However, this provision does not apply if each boiler (heat-emitting unit) is fi tted with a safety valve.

(8.5.1.2(4)) The unit may, for example, consist of surrounding walls and suspended upper fl oors of no less than building ele-ment class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 60 building element].

Doors to the fi re compartment must be of no less than fi re door class EI2 30-C [a BD 30 door].

(8.5.1.3(1)) In respect of the separation distance to combustible materials; see 8.1.

Compliance with the provisions of 8.5.1.3(1) can be achieved by, for example, the non-combustible material extending no less than 300 mm in front of closed heating ap-pliances and no less than 500 mm in front of open heating appliances (fi replaces).

The material should also extend no less than 150 mm to each side of the opening of the equipment.

(8.5.1.3(3)) A “sealed central heating sys-tem” means an installation fi tted with safety valves and connected to a pressure expansion tank.

Connection to a sealed system is prohibited because combustion in fi replaces and wood- burning stoves is not automatically con-trolled as in the case of oil- or gas-fi red boilers. There would therefore be a risk of periodic overheating and a risk of explosion in the equipment.

With regard to safety valves on boilers; see WEA guidelines B.4.8 “Indretning og anv-endelse af fyrede varmtvandsanlæg” [Lay-out and use of fi red hot water systems] issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

8. Services 148

8.5.1.3(4) Fireplaces and wood-burning stoves may not be connected to fl ues from gas-fi red boilers or warm air heating sys-tems.

8.5.1.4 Requirements for central heating boilers, oil fi red burners etc. 8.5.1.4(1) When central heating boilers with an oil fi red burner or forced-air gas burner are installed, the burner must be fully commissioned.

8.5.1.4(2) On CE marking, oil fi red boilers must have a fuel use effi ciency of no less than 91% at both part and full load.

8.5.1.4(3) On CE marking, gas-fi red boilers must have a fuel use effi ciency of no less than 96% at full load and 104% at 30% part load.

8.5.1.4(4) The provisions of 8.5.1.4(2) and (3) apply to boilers with an effective rated output of up to 400 kW.

8.5.1.4(5) When existing boilers are re-placed, the useful effi ciency at both full and part load must at least correspond to the provisions of 8.5.1.4(2) and (3).

8.5.1.4(6) Derogation from this provi-sion may be possible if it is not physically possible to create space for a new high-effi ciency boiler.

However, the useful effi ciency at both full and part load may not be lower than 91%.

(8.5.1.4(1)) For commissioning of forced-air gas burners; see the Danish Gas Regu-lations.

(8.5.1.4(2)) The fuel use effi ciency at full and part load is stated on the boiler’s CE marking.

The fuel use effi ciency is measured at 70°C at full load and at 40°C or 50°C at part load depending on the type of boiler.

(8.5.1.4(3)) This provision involves the use of condensing gas boilers.

The fuel use effi ciency is measured at 70°C at full load and at 30°C at part load.

(8.5.1.4(4)) See DS/EN 303-5 Heating boilers – Part 5: Heating boilers for solid fuels, hand or automatically stoked, nomi-nal heat output of up to 300 kW – Terminol-ogy, requirements, testing and marking.

8. Services 149

8.5.1.4(7) Boilers stoked by coal, coke, bio-fuels and biomass must have a useful effi ciency of no less than boiler class 3 in DS/EN 303-5 Heating boilers.

The useful effi ciency requirements at 300 kW apply to boilers above 300 kW.

8.5.1.4(8) Oil fi red hot air units for heat-ing buildings must meet the requirements for class A air heating systems in DS 2187 Oil burning, fan-assisted air heaters.

8.5.1.4(9) Oil burners must meet the requirements of DS/EN 230 Automatic burner control systems for oil burners,and DS/EN 267 Forced draught oil burners.

8.5.1.5 Large central heating boilers8.5.1.5(1) Large central heating boilers must be thermally insulated such that the surface temperature on their external sur-faces, apart from hatches etc., does not exceed 35°C at a room temperature of 20°C.

8.5.1.5(2) For large oil and gas-fi red cen-tral heating boilers with an effective rated output of more than 400 kW, the useful effi ciency at both full and part load must be no less than 91%.

8.5.1.5(3) Large central heating boilers must be provided with monitoring points and measuring equipment to monitor en-ergy-effi cient operation.

8.5.1.5(4) Large central heating boilers must be installed in rooms that form an independent fi re compartment. The fi re compartment may not have doors directly

(8.5.1.4(7)) DS/EN 303-5 applies to boilers with an effective rated output of 0-300 kW.

(8.5.1.5(1)) Large central heating boilers are boilers whose effective rated output exceeds 120 kW.

In most cases, the manufacturer will be able to provide information on the maximum output.

(8.5.1.5(3)) The equipment may comprise, for example, a fl ue gas thermometer and a point for fl ue gas analysis, ”hours run” meter and boiler thermometer.

(8.5.1.5(4)) The fi re compartment must have walls and suspended upper fl oors of no less than building element class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 60 building element] to-wards other rooms.

8. Services 150

to a shared access route and may not be used as a working area or for purposes that can create a fi re hazard.

There must be easy, unobstructed ac-cess directly to the outside from systems above 400 kW.

8.5.1.5(5) Large central heating boilers designed for excess pressure combustion may only be installed in rooms fi tted with unblockable ventilation openings to the outside.

8.5.1.6 Heating appliances for commercial use and special bio-fuelled systems8.5.1.6(1) The municipal council may impose special requirements in respect of heating appliances etc. used for com-mercial purposes, and in respect of straw-fi red systems and bio-fuelled central heat-ing boilers.

8.5.1.6(2) Derogation from the provisions of 8.5.1.5(4) is possible for oil and gas-fi red hot air units with an effective rated output not exceeding 400 kW used to heat working areas and for heating appliances used in commercial production plants.

8.5.2 Connection to chimneys 8.5.2(1) The chimney opening must cor-respond to the boiler input (combustion) power. If several heating appliances are connected to the same chimney, the open-ing must be calculated in proportion to the combined power of the heating appli-ances.

Doors to the fi re compartment may be no less than EI2 30-C fi re doors [a BD 30 door] for installations up to 400 kW and no less than EI2 60-C fi re doors [a BD 60 door] for installations above 400 kW.

(8.5.1.6(1)) For dryers for grain, seeds and green crops, fl ue plants; hot oil plants, straw-fi red systems and bio-fuelled central heating boilers; see guidance nos. 8, 14, 20. 22 and 32 issued by the Danish Institute of Fire and Security Technology (DBI).

(8.5.2(1)) In most cases, the manufacturer will be able to provide information on the input power.

It is important for the opening to match the input power. A wrongly sized opening can lead to poor combustion and thus a risk of carbon monoxide poisoning.

Generally, the opening should be no less than 50 cm² (80 mm diameter) for oil fi red heating appliances and no less than 175

8. Services 151

8.5.2(2) Open heating appliances (fi re-places) may only be connected to their own discrete chimneys with no fl ues from other heating appliances.

The opening in the chimney and fl ue pipe must be no less than 300 cm². If the open-ing of the fi replace is not greater than 2,500 cm², the chimney opening may be reduced to 175 cm².

8.5.3 Chimneys/exhaust systems and fl ue pipes

8.5.3.1 General 8.5.3.1(1) Chimneys/exhaust systems and fl ue pipes must be made and installed so as to prevent the danger of fi re, explosion, harmful condensation, poisoning and health hazards.

8.5.3.1(2) Chimneys/exhaust systems may not be used for heating appliances with a higher operating temperature than the operating temperature cited on the CE marking or MK approval (the approval scheme for materials and structures) of the chimneys/exhaust systems.

cm² (150 mm diameter) for solid fuel heat-ing appliances. This does not, however, apply to automatically fuelled heating ap-pliances for bio-fuels.

The Danish Gas Regulations impose certain conditions for connection of gas-fi red heat-ing appliances to chimneys to which other heating appliances are also connected.

(8.5.2(2)) For gas controlled fi replaces; see the Danish Gas Regulations.

(8.5.3.1(1)) Penetrations may not impair the fi re resistance of building elements, as this increases the risk of spread of fi re through the building. If a building element of class REI 30 [a BD 30 building element] is pene-trated by a shaft containing a chimney, the shaft must thus consist of a class EI 30 build-ing element [a BD 30 building element].

(8.5.3.1(2)) The operating temperature must be the fl ue gas temperature measured at the fl ue gas outlet from the heating appli-ance. An operating temperature of 400°C must be used for solid fuel burners (chimney designated T 400). For oil fi red or auto-matic bio-fuelled burners, the operating temperature can be provided by the boiler manufacturer. For chimneys/exhaust sys-tems that are not CE marked, the operating temperature must be stated in either the MK approval (the approval scheme for mater-ials and structures) or the manufacturer’s documentation.

8. Services 152

8.5.3.1(3) Chimneys/exhaust systems and fl ue pipes must be located and have a form, opening and height that achieves a satis-factory draught and avoids nuisance to the surroundings from the exhaust fumes.

8.5.3.1(4) It must be possible to clean chimneys/exhaust systems and fl ue pipes. The size of a cleaning hatch must be no smaller than the opening of the chimneys or exhaust systems.

8.5.3.1(5) Brick chimneys/exhaust sys-tems must be accessible for external in-spection.

8.5.3.1(6) If the chimneys/exhaust sys-tems are designed to be cleaned from the top, appropriate safe access must be pro-vided.

8.5.3.2 Tightness and resistance8.5.3.2(1) Chimneys/exhaust systems must be suffi ciently air and gas-tight to ensure that fl ue gases and vapour do not seep out of the fl ue pipe and damage the chimney or building.

8.5.3.2(2) Chimneys/exhaust systems form-ing part of oil or solid fuel systems must be

(8.5.3.1(3)) Chimneys/exhaust systems should always be higher than the highest point of the building. To comply with the requirements of the Environmental Protec-tion Act, the dissipation conditions, i.e. turbulence from buildings and vegetation, distance to and height of surrounding buildings and the prevailing winds in rela-tion to neighbours, should be taken account of when determining the height of chimneys and fl ues, especially for wood-burning stoves and other solid fuel burners. If heat-ing appliances cause signifi cant smoke nuisance to the surroundings, the Environ-mental Protection Act allows the municipal council to require heating appliances and chimneys/exhaust systems or the fuel itself to be altered to terminate the nuisance. If the nuisance cannot be remedied, the mu-nicipal council may prohibit the use of the system.

(8.5.3.1(4)) Unimpeded cleaning of short, straight fl ue pipes is normally possible without fi tting a cleaning hatch on the fl ue. A cleaning hatch will be necessary for other layouts of the fl ue pipe.

See DS 1073 – Chimney connectors.

(8.5,3.1(5)) To prevent carbon monoxide seeping into the building, it is important to be able to detect any cracks and leakages in the chimneys/exhaust systems in good time.

(8.5.3.2(1)) Chimneys/exhaust systems de-signed for a negative pressure should be no less than tightness class N1. Chimneys de-signed for a positive pressure should be no less than tightness class P1.

8. Services 153

able to withstand a soot fi re. This provi-sion does not apply to oil burners with blue fl ame burners.

8.5.3.2(3) Chimneys/exhaust systems used in connection with condensing heating appliances must be able to withstand con-densation and diffusion of water vapour.

8.5.3.3 Protection against injury by contact8.5.3.3(1) To prevent injury from touch-ing a steel chimney/exhaust system, it must be insulated or contained in a shaft such that the surface temperature does not exceed the maximum temperature stated in DS/EN 1856-1, section 6.4.2. This pro-vision does not apply to the part of the chimney/exhaust system which is in the room in which, for example, a wood-burning stove is installed.

8.5.3.3(2) Materials must be used that can withstand fl ue gases, heat, corrosion and, to the appropriate extent, fi re.

(8.5.3.2(3)) A chimney/exhaust system can withstand condensation and diffusion of water vapour if it is W certifi ed.

(8.5.3.3(1)) For a steel chimney/exhaust system in a shaft, the shaft should be vent-ilated and enclose the chimney/exhaust system at all points where the chimney/ex-haust system is inside the building, includ-ing, for example, in a nonhabitable roof space.

(8.5.3.3(2)) This provision allows for the use of chimneys/exhaust systems made of plastic in conjunction with condensing boilers which are designed for such a sys-tem.

A steel chimney/exhaust system which is CE marked in accordance with DS/EN 1856-1 should be of no less than material type 40 or better with a thickness of no less than 1.00 mm or material type 50 or better with a thickness of no less than 0.40 mm.

Alternatively, the resistance to corrosion may be verifi ed by corrosion testing in ac-cordance with DS/EN 1856-1, Appendix A (V1, V2 or V3).

A concrete chimney/exhaust system that is CE marked in accordance with DS/EN 1858 should have a resistance to corrosion of no less than class 3 when used with oil or solid fuel heating appliances.

8. Services 154

8.5.3.4 Small chimneys8.5.3.4(1) Series manufactured small steel chimneys/exhaust systems, their compo-nent units and linings for small chimneys/exhaust systems for oil or solid fuel must be CE marked or approved by the Danish Enterprise and Construction Authority.

8.5.3.4(2) In connection with condens-ing operation, the base of the chimney/exhaust systems must have a drain that is capable of removing condensate from the chimney/exhaust systems.

8.5.3.5 Roofi ng with insuffi cient fi re resistance8.5.3.5(1) In connection with roofi ng which cannot be classifi ed as roofi ng class BROOF (t2) [class T roofi ng], the chimneys/exhaust systems must be made and installed in such a way that suffi cient protection against fi re is provided.

8.6 Solar heating systems, solar cell arrays, cooling systems and heat pumps

8.6.1 General 8.6.1(1) Solar heating systems, solar cell arrays, cooling systems and heat pumps must be made and installed so as to avert any danger of fi re, explosion, poisoning and health hazards.

(8.5.3.4(1)) Small chimneys/exhaust sys-tems are chimneys/exhaust systems of any type that receive the exhaust from one or more heating appliances whose total effec-tive rated output is no more than 120 kW. For chimneys/exhaust systems that are not series manufactured, the manufacturer must be able to demonstrate to the munici-pal council that the choice of materials, wall thickness, sizing of fl ue pipes etc. of the chimney/exhaust systems are adequate.

(8.5.3.5(1)) Roofs are classifi ed on the basis of DS/EN 13501-5 Fire classifi cation of construction products and building ele-ments. Part 5: Classifi cation using data from external fi re exposure to roofs tests. Class T roofi ng is classifi ed in DS 1063.1 Fire classifi cation – Roof coverings.

(8.6.1(1)) See also executive orders on the design of pressure equipment and the use of pressure equipment issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

For cooling and heating pump equipment; see the executive order on the use of pres-sure equipment issued by the Danish Work-ing Environment Authority and its WEA guidelines “Tekniske hjælpemidler – B.4.4 Køleanlæg og varmepumper” [Technical equipment – B.4.4 Cooling systems and heat pumps].

8. Services 155

8.6.1(2) Materials with the necessary re-sistance to fl ue gases, fi re, heat and corro-sion must be used.

8.6.2 Solar heating systems and solar cell arrays8.6.2(1) Solar heating systems and solar cell arrays must be installed such that they do not give rise to temperature-re-lated damage to the building.

8.6.2(2) Solar heating systems and solar cell arrays should be arranged to achieve maximum energy usage.

8.6.3 Heat pumps and cooling systems8.6.3(1) If the system uses hazardous fl uids and the room is therefore classifi ed as an explosion hazard, it must be suitably and safely located.

See also the DS/EN 378 series on refriger-ating systems and heat pumps.

For the installation of under-soil heating systems; see the executive order issued by the Danish Environmental Protection Agency.

For gas-fi red systems; see the Danish Gas Regulations.

(8.6.2(1)) Solar cell arrays are low voltage generator systems; see section 6, Electrical installations of the Danish Heavy Current Regulations. See also part 6A of the Danish Heavy Current Regulations.

(8.6.2(2)) Good orientation and slope of solar collectors or solar cell panels are crucially important to their performance. The location of the inverter in solar cells connected to the grid and its ambient tem-perature also have a great impact on its performance.

(8.6.3(1)) See the executive order on the classifi cation of explosion hazard areas issued by the Ministry of Health and the executive order on the design of technical equipment for use in explosive atmospheres issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

See also WEA guidelines “Tekniske hjælpe-midler – B.4.4 Køleanlæg og varmepumper” [Technical equipment – B.4.4 Cooling sys-tems and heat pumps] and DS/EN 378-1 and 2 Refrigerating systems and heat pumps – Safety and environmental requirements.

See also the requirements of the Danish Gas Regulations for room ventilation in section B-4.

8. Services 156

8.7 Waste disposal facilities8.7(1) Waste disposal facilities must be installed with due regard to health and safety and make the greatest possible provision for refuse systems that promote recycling.

8.7(2) Provision must be made in or for all buildings for handling, sorting, stor-ing, disposing of and transporting refuse safely. The number of containers, boxes etc. and the necessary amount of space for sorting refuse into several fractions must be determined by the municipal council.

8.7(3) Refuse containers, boxes etc. must be located at the same level as the vehi cu-lar access for refuse collection or such that the refuse can readily be collected with the aid of suitable equipment.

8.7(4) If rooms are provided in the build-ing for storage of refuse, the fl oor, walls and ceiling must as a minimum constitute a fi re-resisting unit.

8.7(5) The requirements for ventilation in refuse storage rooms are:

1) Fresh air supply: Grille or other opening to the outside at fl oor level. The open-ing area must be able to supply a fl ow corresponding to the extracted fl ow. In the case of an air supply system, the injection fl ow must correspond to the extracted fl ow.

(8.7(2)) See WEA guidelines no. 4.1.0.1/93 on the manual handling and transport of refuse etc. issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority and WEA guidelines A.0.1 of 2003 ”Indretning af renovations-systemer” [Design and layout of waste disposal systems] issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

(8.7(4)) The fi re-resisting unit must be of building element class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 60 building element] and ventilation ducts must be no less than building element class EI 30 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 30 building element] or building element E 60 [an F 60 building element]. Access doors must be to the out-side. The room must be ventilated using ventilation installations which must be ei-ther an extraction system combined with openings to the outside or an injection and extraction system.

8. Services 157

2) Exhaust: Flow 1 l/s per refuse con-tainer, but no less than 15 l/s.

8.7(6) Domestic buildings with three fl oors above ground level must have a refuse chute for each staircase.

8.7(7) Refuse chutes and ventilation ducts must be of appropriate fi re-resisting construction. Trap doors must be of non-combustible materials and may not be in-stalled inside the fl ats themselves. Refuse chutes must be ventilated by an extraction system combined with openings to the outside in the collecting boxes.

8.7(8) The requirements for ventilation of refuse chutes are:

1) Fresh air supply: opening to the out-side at fl oor level with an area of 25 cm² per collecting box.

(8.7(6)) This requirement is aimed fi rst and foremost at the construction of new do-mestic buildings. Where refuse chutes are being removed from existing domestic buildings, a number of special factors can, subject to a specifi c assessment, warrant exemption from 8.7(6). It may in particular be the case that the assessment fi nds the existing refuse chutes to be obsolescent in terms of an environmental and ecological provision, including sorting at source, and that refuse cannot be disposed of in accord-ance with current rules and legislation on working environment/health and safety.

Should it not, for example, be possible to modernise the refuse chutes within the ex-isting structural framework, or if moderni-sation entails very high costs, exemption from this provision, possibly on a time-limited basis and subject to a specifi c as-sessment, may be warranted.

These issues are covered in greater detail in the National Building and Housing Agency guidelines of 25 October 1996 on permis-sion to close refuse chutes in existing build-ings; the guidance should be consulted.

(8.7(7)) Refuse chutes may, for example, have walls of no less than a class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 building element [a BS 60 build-ing element] and ventilation ducts of build-ing element class EI 30 A2-s1,d0 [a BS 60 building element] or building element E 60 [an F 60 building element].

8. Services 158

2) Exhaust: fl ow 80 l/s when a rubbish trap or door to the collecting box is open.

8.8. Lifts 8.8(1) Lift systems must be installed with all appropriate safety provisions.

8.8(2) Lift shafts must have natural ven-tilation or mechanical extraction. Plant rooms must be ventilated.

(8.8(1)) See the executive order on the use of lifts etc. and on the design of lifts etc. issued by the Danish Working Environment Authority.

See also 3.2.2(6).

Appendix 1 159

Appendix 1

Calculation rules

B 1.1.1 Calculation of plot ratioB.1.1.1(1) The “plot ratio” means the fl oor area as a percentage of the plot area.

B.1.1.2 Calculation of the plot areaB.1.1.2(1) The area of the plot is the area stated in respect of the relevant title number.

B.1.1.2(2) The size of the plot includes:

1) the proportion benefi tting the plot in a separately registered area which is established as communal open space shared by several properties. The shares of the separately registered open space must be apportioned to the properties in direct proportion to the size of each plot unless the municipal council decides otherwise in each in-dividual case; this may include using an alternative distribution norm or ex-cluding the portions of the communal open space from the calculation;

2) areas surrendered for roads before 1 February 1977, but which may still be included in the area of the plot. Such areas must be included in accordance with the conditions of the permit; and

(B 1.1.1(1)) Exemption may not be given from the calculation rules in the Building Regulations, nor may a local plan or a town planning by-law apply other calculation rules.

(B.1.1.2(1)) “Total real property” is defi ned in the Percolation Act.

(B.1.1.2(2) para 1) The provision that the municipal council can decide that a differ-ent distribution norm should be used, or that shares of communal open spaces should not be included, must be specifi cally stated in the local plan.

(B.1.1.2(2) para 2) This provision ensures that previously established rights to include an area of road in the area of the plot are upheld, irrespective of whether the area has been surrendered for road purposes.

The agreements made between the munici-pal council and the owner of the plot are made available both as registered declara-tions on the individual properties and as entries on the title register, and are assumed to be used mainly in Copenhagen and Fre-deriksberg, typically in the case of roads whose width is greater than 20 m.

Appendix 1 160

3) the total area under several title num-bers when together they form a single property and adjoin each other.

B.1.1.2(3) The size of the plot does not include:

1) areas of the plot situated in another zone than the one in which building is to take place; and

2) title numbers that are a part of a total real property but which do not adjoin each other.

B.1.1.3 Calculation of fl oor areaB.1.1.3(1) Floor area is calculated by add-ing the gross areas of all fl oors, includ-ing basements and useable roof spaces, enclosed balconies, conservatories, con-necting passages etc.

B.1.1.3(2) Rooms which rise through several storeys are included only in the storey in which the fl oor is situated. Both external and internal staircases, stairwells, access balconies and lift shafts are, how-ever, included in each storey.

B1.1.3(3) The fl oor area does not in-clude:

1) any part of the basement around which the surrounding ground level is less than 1.25 m below the ceiling of the basement;

2) open balconies;

3) small buildings with a fl oor area of up to 10 m²;

(B.1.1.2(3) para 1) See the Planning Act for zoning.

(B.1.1.3(1)) This provision does not apply to open covered areas, which include open balconies, open terraces, carports etc.; but see B.1.1.3(4).

(B.1.1.3(2)) Service shafts are included in each fl oor.

Appendix 1 161

4) refuse rooms at ground level;

5) blast/fallout shelters for buildings of a prescribed size for which blast/fallout shelters are required and public, offi -cially approved blast/fallout shelters;

6) mezzanine platforms (galleries/sleep-ing platforms) with an area of up to 4.5 m²;

7) the projection of external staircases and access balconies;

8) external fi re escape stairs (emergency escape route stairs).

B.1.1.3(4) For garages, carports, out-buildings, greenhouses, sheds, open covered areas, including roofed-over terraces and similar buildings, only that part of the area need be included which exceeds:

1) 20 m² per dwelling in the case of multi-storey buildings and in the case of joined buildings with vertical and horizontal party walls as well as terraced houses, linked houses, cluster houses and similar types of wholly or partly joined single-family houses;

(B.1.1.3(3) para 5): For private and public blast/fallout shelters; see the act on blast/fallout shelters, regulations for the design and fi tting out of blast/fallout shelters and openings in masonry walls, together with the regulations for the design and construc-tion of public blast/fallout shelters.

(B.1.1.3(3) para 6): The fl oors of mezzanine platforms (galleries/sleeping platforms) only include the area on a horizontal plane 1.5 m above the fi nished fl oor within the intersection of the plane with the outer surface of the roof cladding.

There may be two or more mezzanine plat-forms (galleries/sleeping platforms) with an area of 4.5 m2, but if they are not to be included in the fl oor area, they must not be internally connected, which entails that there must be separate accesses to the mez-zanine platforms (galleries/sleeping plat-forms) at ground level..

(B.1.1.3(4)) Covered areas and roofed-over terraces are deemed to be open if at least one wall is wholly or partly open and can-not be closed by a window, door etc. Plant and equipment houses for electronic com-munications networks or services are not covered by this provision. .

(B.1.1.3(4) para 1) Semi-detached houses with vertical party walls must be dealt with in accordance with para 2 of this provi-sion.

(B.1.1.3(4) paras 1 and 2) The deductions are calculated irrespective of registration of title.

Appendix 1 162

2) 35 m² per dwelling in the case of de-tached single-family houses, semi-de-tached houses with vertical party walls and holiday homes; and

3) 25% of the remaining fl oor area of the building in the case of other buildings, but excluding garages/outbuilding areas in indoor or outdoor cellars/basements.

B.1.1.3(5) The fl oor area is measured on a plane defi ned by the surface of the fi n-ished fl oor to the outer face of the limiting external walls, with the following exemp-tions:

1) In useable roof spaces, the area to be included is measured on a horizontal plane 1.5 m above the fi nished fl oor to the intersection of the plane with the outer surface of the roof cladding.

2) Open fl oors, doors/entryways, air locks etc. are included up to the line other-wise defi ned by the line of the external walls of the building.

3) In the case of common walls between rooms whose areas are to be included in their respective fl oor areas, measure-ments must be made to the middle of the wall. However, in the case of party walls located on a boundary, measure-ments are made to the boundary line.

B.1.1.4 Calculation of heightB.1.1.4(1) Heights are measured from the natural ground level. For buildings on sloping ground or sites with large differ-ences in level planes, the municipal coun-cil determines one or more planes from

(B.1.1.3(4) para 3) “Basements” is defi ned by the basement ceiling being less than 1.25 m above ground level. .

(B.1.1.3(5) para 1) Roof space is deemed to be useable if accommodation space can be created without signifi cant alteration to the roof construction..

Appendix 1 163

which measurements are to be made. The location of the level planes must be shown in an unequivocal manner on the building permit, normally by giving the levels of the planes. Several level planes may, where necessary, be specifi ed for the same plot. When determining the level planes, the municipal council must take account of:

1) the confi guration of the ground of the adjoining plots and the nature of the surrounding buildings; and

2) creating reasonable development pos-sibilities and access conditions for the plot concerned.

B.1.1.4(2) Antennas and aerials whose upper point is not more than 5.5 m above the surface of the roof, dormers, chimney stacks, ventilation cowls, gables and roof overhangs are not factored into the calcu-lation of a building height, provided they are not abnormally tall.

When establishing the height of the build-ing, the municipal council may also de-cide to discount stairwells, lift shafts, ventilation installations and signage and illuminated advertising.

B.1.1.5 Calculation of separation distances5.1.1.5(1) Separation distances are meas-ured horizontally without reference to dif-ferences in levels. The distance is meas-ured at right angles to the opposing line (road line, common boundary) or build-ings concerned, but may, for reasons of light conditions, or in order to limit over-looking nuisances, be measured as the

Appendix 1 164

shortest clear distance between the build-ing or building element and the oppos-ing road line, common boundary or other buildings on the same plot. In the case of buildings without limiting external walls, the measurements are taken from the roof surface.

B.1.1.5(2) The following may be exclud-ed when determining the distance from a building to a road, common boundary or path:

1) basements, basement stairs, tanks, bur-ied services etc.; and

2) roof overhangs, barge boards, canopies over doors, cornices and similar ancil-lary building elements whose projec-tion does not exceed 0.5 m.

B.1.1.5(3) When calculating the distance from a building to the road boundary, building projections over the road bound-ary are discounted as provided for in the Public Roads Act and in the Act on Pri-vate Roads with the following relaxations and limitations:

1) There must always be a clear passage of no less than 1.3 m between building projections and a carriageway or cycle track.

2) Up to 2.8 m above ground level, build-ing projections may extend up to 0.3 m over the road boundary.

3) Light wells, foundations etc. located at or below ground level may extend up to 0.8 m over the road boundary.

(B.1.1.5(3)) See section 103(1) of the Public Roads Act.

Appendix 1 165

4) Signs and lightweight awnings whose underside is no less than 2.2 m above ground level may extend up to 1.0 m from a carriageway or cycle track.

5) Stairways must always allow a clear passage of no less than 1.3 m between the stairway and a carriageway or cycle track.

B.1.1.6 Calculation of number of storeysB.1.1.6(1) Each fl oor of the building, in-cluding the ground fl oor, is to be included in the number of storeys as stated in the BBR register. The number of storeys also includes:

1) useable roof spaces and

2) basements whose ceilings are more than 1.25 m above ground level.

B.1.1.6(2). In the case of buildings with split-level or mezzanine fl oors etc., the municipal council determines the number of storeys on the basis of an individual assessment in the particular case. When counting occupiable areas in the lofts of the buildings or on the roof of the build-ing, the municipal council may, subject to a specifi c assessment in each individual case, decide that a mezzanine platform (gallery/sleeping platform) with an area in excess of 4.5 m² or balconies, conser-vatories, terraces and similar occupiable areas constitute a storey.

(B.1.1.6(1) para 1) Roof space is deemed to be useable if accommodation space can be created without signifi cant alteration to the roof construction; see B.1.1.3(5) para 1.

(B.1.1.6, (2)) The calculation of the number of storeys may, inter alia, take account of the size and possible uses of the relevant functions of the building in relation to the total size and use of the building. Similarly, the external appearance of the building may be a factor, if, for example, the number and size of windows for the relevant func-tion of the building may cause the building, by comparison with others in the area, to appear to have an extra fl oor; see 2.4. Signifi cant overlooking nuisance associated with the relevant function of the building may also be a factor in relation to the area in which the building is situated. For ex-ample, a greater tolerance of overlooking nuisance is to be expected in taller, denser and more urban buildings than in lower and more detached residential areas..

Appendix 2 166

Appendix 2

Executive Order on the Conditions at Permanent Places of Work*)

Executive Order No. 96 of 13 February 2001 issued by the Danish Ministry of Labour

*) This Executive Order contains provisions to implement Council Directive 89/654/EEC of 30 November 1989 concerning the minimum safety and health requirements for the workplace (Offi cial Journal of the European Communities L 393/1 of 30 December 1989).

The following provisions are laid down pursuant to section 20(2), section 43, section 44, section 73, section 74(1) and section 84 of the Danish Work-ing Environment Act, cf. Consolidated Act No. 784 of 11 October 1999:

Part 1Scope

1.-(1) This Executive Order shall apply to any place of work at which work is performed for an employer with the limitations laid down in section 2(2) and section 3 of the Danish Working Environ-ment Act and the exceptions in section 2.

(2) In this Executive Order:

1. »Place of Work« shall mean: The operation area of the enterprise comprising all buildings, operation plants, etc. to which the employees of the enterprise have access as part of their work;

2. »Workplace« shall mean: The place within the place of work at which the individual em-ployee performs a job;

3. »(Indoor) working area« shall mean: Any room in which work is performed.

2.-(1) This Executive Order shall not apply:

1. if the work carried out is building and civil engineering work, cf. Executive Order on the Conditions at Construction Sites and Similar Places of Work issued by the Danish Ministry of Labour; or

2. if the work is performed at an external enter-prise or another place outside the employer’s own operation area, cf. Executive Order on the

Conditions at Alternating Places of Work issued by the Danish Ministry of Labour.

(2) Within agriculture, forestry and horticulture, this Executive Order shall only apply to the build-ings and operation plants of the enterprise and the areas immediately connected herewith.

(3) The same shall apply to enterprises whose area is very extensive or scattered.

(4) To work performed in fi elds, forests and other areas that are, in pursuance of subsections (2) and (3), not covered by this Executive Order, the Ex-ecutive Order on the Conditions at Alternating Places of Work shall apply.

3. Sections 23 to 28 and section 31(1) of this Executive Order may be derogated from in cases of working areas in which work is only performed occasionally or briefl y in so far as this is reason-able and safe considering the circumstances. This may apply to, for example, storage rooms, ar-chives, tool sheds, installation rooms and service access facilities.

4. This Executive Order shall not in any way change the special requirements concerning the conditions at a place of work laid down in the occupational health and safety legislation in gen-eral, e.g. the provisions concerning sewer work, work with lead and work with asbestos.

5.-(1) The obligations under this Executive Order shall rest on employers, business managers, supervisors and other employees, suppliers, project planners, consultants, etc. in accordance with the general rules laid down by the Danish Working Environment Act.

Appendix 2 167

(2) Besides, anyone who lets or sublets buildings, premises, areas, etc. for the use of an enterprise covered by this Executive Order shall be under an obligation to ensure that the premises let are avail-able for the purpose in question in such a way that they comply with the conditions set out in this Executive Order.

Part 2Planning, design and fi tting out of

the place of work

6. The place of work shall be designed and fi tted out so as to ensure safe and healthy working conditions from both an individual and a general assessment of the working environment condi-tions that may have a short-term or long-term impact on the employees’ physical or mental health.

7. New design and fi tting out of places of work, including major conversion comparable with new design and fi tting out, shall be planned and carried out so as to ensure safe and healthy working conditions in connection with the opera-tion. In addition to the requirements laid down in parts 3 to 9, it shall in this connection be ensured that buildings complete with areas, working rooms, operation plants, installations, etc., are designed, fi tted out and situated in relation to each other in such a way that

1. safe work routines can be established, includ-ing safe conditions for transport and storage by means of technical aids as far as neces-sary;

2. any risks and discomfort from work processes, including generation of dust or other air pol-lution, radiation, extreme temperatures, noise, bad smells, etc., are limited as far as possible and that any unnecessary exposures are avoided;

3. buildings, plants, installations, etc. can be used, including cleaned, maintained and in-spected, etc., in a way that is safe both to those performing the work and others in the place;

4. use is made of building structures and mate-rials of such a quality that adequate insulation against humidity, heat and cold as well as satisfactory sound, climate and light condi-tions are established;

5. use is not made of building materials that liberate vapours or dust that may form harmful or unpleasant concentrations in the building or that may cause accumulation of unpleasant or harmful amounts of static electricity; and

6. use is not made of building structures or ma-terials that may catch the pollution or that are diffi cult to clean wherever work may cause major dust generation or harmful pollution.

8. The Internal Safety Organisation of the enterprise shall participate in the planning of the design and fi tting out of the place of work in ac-cordance with the rules on the health and safety work of the enterprises.

Part 3General provisions

9.-(1) Wherever justifi ed on grounds of health and safety, the place of work shall be designed and fi tted out in such a way that work, which is not defi ned as outdoor work, can be performed in proper indoor working areas, unless this appears immediately unreasonable or inexpedient.

(2) Wherever work is performed out-of-doors for longer periods of time, measures to protect the employees from the weather, e.g. a tent, an open shed or a shed, shall be taken in so far as this is considered reasonable in the circumstances.

10.-(1) Buildings and operation plants, includ-ing technical equipment and installations, tunnels, mine shafts, pits, loading ramps, etc., shall be of an adequate construction and design considering the application and shall be adequately main-tained.

(2) In view of the risk of fi re and other accidents, safe escape and rescue routes for persons shall be provided.

(3) Technical plants, equipment and installations, etc., that may involve any health or safety risks shall be placed and set up properly considering this and the circumstances in general and in such a way that they constitute minimum hazard in the event of accidents.

(4) Areas in which risks of falls or falling objects may occur shall be secured by means of fencing, covering or other appropriate measures.

Appendix 2 168

11.-(1) In so far as it may prove necessary, durable signs shall be placed at appropriate places with information about or warning of conditions that may have an impact on health and safety.

(2) Wherever particularly dangerous situations may occur, the place of work shall be equipped with alarm systems such as fi re detectors provid-ing expedient warning hereof.

12.-(1) The place of work shall be equipped with appropriate fi re-fi ghting equipment, survival equipment and necessary equipment for fi rst aid in the event of accidents whenever justifi ed on grounds of the nature of the work and the circum-stances in general.

(2) Special indoor areas for fi rst aid shall be avail-able wherever necessary. Such areas shall hold adequate quantities of equipment and materials placed at appropriate places. The areas for fi rst aid shall be easily accessible with stretchers.

13.-(1) At the place of work, suffi cient circula-tion routes and areas designed and fi tted out to ensure that circulation at the place of work can proceed without hindrance and without causing any health and safety risks and by means of technical equipment in so far as it may prove necessary shall be established.

(2) Circulation routes and areas located above adjacent areas shall be equipped with appropriate safeguards.

(3) Circulation routes for vehicles shall be placed at a convenient distance from doors, gates, pas-sages for foot traffi c, corridors, stairs, etc.

14.-(1) Structural elements, operation devices, technical plants, installations, etc., which must be accessible for regular or recurring inspection, cleaning and adjustment, shall in so far as it may prove necessary be equipped with safe access routes and work platforms for this purpose.

(2) In special circumstances, such access routes may be in the form of ladders. Ladders shall be designed in an expedient way and equipped with safeguards to prevent persons from falling.

15. The placing, number and dimensions of doors, gates, hatches, etc. shall be adequate con-sidering the nature of the work and the circum-

stances in general. They shall be made of appro-priate materials and be designed and fi tted out in such a way that they can easily be opened, closed and passed without any risks. They shall provide adequate insulation against noise, cold, humidity, fi re, etc.

16.-(1) Depending on the nature of the work and the circumstances in general, an adequate number of escape routes and emergency exits of such design, size and placing that all persons present at the place of work can in a situation of danger safely reach safety out-of-doors or in a safe area shall be established.

(2) Wherever justifi ed on grounds of safety, emergency exit doors or gates shall open in the direction of escape, and it shall be possible to open these in an easy and safe way without using a key. Moreover, they shall not be designed as sliding doors or revolving doors.

(3) Escape routes and emergency exits shall al-ways be passable.

17.-(1) Wherever justifi ed on grounds of safe orientation and movement, circulation routes and areas as well as escape routes shall be clearly marked with direction of circulation, exits and unexpected differences in level.

(2) Escape routes and emergency exits for which lighting is required shall be equipped with adequate emergency lighting.

18. At the design and fi tting out of the place of work, account shall, wherever necessary, be taken of disabled employees. This shall especially apply to the conditions referred to in sections 13, 15, 19, 47, 50 and 54.

Part 4Workplace

19.-(1) The workplace of each individual person shall be expediently designed and fi tted out and be so spacious that all necessary furniture, equipment and materials can be placed in a safe way in relation to each other and in such a way that all functions in connection with the perform-ance of the work can be carried out safely and with safe work postures and movements.

(2) Wherever work can be performed in a sitting

Appendix 2 169

position without any discomfort, an expedient workplace shall be available for this. In case of work performed in a standing position or requir-ing constant walking, seats shall as far as possible be at disposal during breaks.

(3) Safe access to the workplace and a safe escape route from the workplace shall be available.

20. The workplace shall be placed, designed and fi tted out in such a way that the employee is not affected unnecessarily by substances and materials, radiation, extreme temperatures, bad smells or vibrations, etc. from other workplaces or processes.

21. Wherever there is a risk of contamination with infectious materials or with substances or materials that on grounds of health or safety must be removed quickly from the skin or be stopped from spreading, appropriate and adequate equip-ment for this purpose, e.g. eyewash bottle, emer-gency shower and special cleaning agents, shall always be placed close to the workplace.

Part 5Indoor working area

22.-(1) Indoor working areas shall be ade-quately designed, fi tted out and placed consider-ing the processes that are to take place within the working areas and in such a way that unnecessary exposures to substances and materials, radiation, extreme temperatures, bad smells, noise or vibra-tions, etc. from other parts of the place of work and the surroundings in general are avoided as far as possible. Workplaces shall be adequately placed in the working area.

(2) If the nature of the work, special work pro-cesses, etc., bring about particular safety or health hazards within a working area, the working area shall be placed, designed and fi tted out to meet these hazards in so far as possible.

23. Considering the nature of the work, work-ing areas shall be adequately insulated against humidity, cold and heat from the outside as well as noise and vibrations.

24. Floor space, room height and room capa-city shall be adapted to the nature of the work, the technical equipment, materials and furniture in the working area as well as to the number of per-sons normally entering the area.

25.-(1) Indoor working areas shall have such a supply of daylight that they are well lit. Windows and roof windows shall be carried out, placed and possibly shielded in such a way that they do not cause blinding, overheating or unpleasant falling cold.

(2) From the working area, there shall be a view of the surroundings through windows or similar.

(3) If windows, skylights and roof windows can be opened, closed, adjusted and fi xed, it shall be possible to do this in a safe manner without any risks to health. It shall be ensured that open win-dows, skylights and roof windows do not consti-tute a hazard.

(4) The provisions of subsections (1) and (2) shall not apply if the nature of the work does not permit daylight, and may also be derogated from in full or in part if their implementation would be of signifi cant inconvenience to the operation of the enterprise.

26.-(1) The fl oor of the indoor working area and under each workplace shall as far as possible be at level and without bumps or holes. Any dif-ferences in level and holes shall be clearly marked.

(2) The fl ooring shall be adapted to the work performed in the working area and shall be of an appropriate hardness and a non-skid nature con-sidering the nature of the work. Wherever there is a risk of major spillage of fl uids or need for hos-ing, the fl oor shall be designed for this.

27.-(1) The indoor working area shall be de-signed and fi tted out so as to ensure that the acoustic conditions are satisfactory considering the use of the working area.

(2) The work processes in the working area shall be placed in such a way that they do not cause unnecessary exposures to noise or vibrations.

28.-(1) The surfaces of fl oors, walls and ceil-ings in indoor working areas shall be of such a quality that they are in so far as necessary repel-lent to contamination and that they can be cleaned effi ciently in a safe manner.

(2) The surfaces shall not be able to cause un-necessary optical strain.

Appendix 2 170

29. The surfaces of the indoor working area shall not liberate vapours or dust to the working area or cause accumulation of static electricity subjecting the employees to harmful or very un-pleasant exposures. In working areas possibly exposed to a risk of explosion, the fl ooring shall be designed for such a purpose and shall be non-sparking.

Part 6Furniture

30.-(1) At the place of work, there shall be appropriate furniture in order for the work to be performed in a safe manner.

(2) Chairs, work tables, etc., used for changing work tasks or by changing staff shall in so far as possible be adjustable.

(3) The furniture shall be made of materials that do not constitute any health risks. The design and materials shall ensure that the furniture can be cleaned effi ciently in an expedient way consider-ing the contaminations to which it is exposed.

Part 7Temperature conditions, etc.

31.-(1) During working hours, the temperature in the indoor working area shall be adapted to the human organism considering the work methods applied and the physical strain to which the em-ployees are exposed. As regards temperature conditions, the working area shall be without any unpleasant temperature differences.

(2) If heating of a working area is not possible because of the nature of the production or it is not reasonable considering the circumstances, local heating of the individual workplace shall take place. If this is not possible, other measures to protect the employees against cold shall be imple-mented.

32.-(1) If the production or the products re-quire cooling, this shall take place in such a way that the employees are not exposed to harmful draught or radiation of cold. If possible, the workplaces shall be thermally insulated from the cooling process.

(2) If the production causes strong heat radiation, appropriate measures, e.g. shielding or encapsula-

tion of the work process concerned, shall be im-plemented to protect the employees. If this is not possible, other measures to protect the employees against heat radiation shall be implemented.

33. Humidity or vapour that is generated by work processes or activities in the working area and that is not necessary for the production shall in so far as possible be removed.

Part 8Ventilation

34.-(1) Each indoor working area shall have suffi cient supply of fresh air without unpleasant draught.

(2) If suffi cient air renewal cannot be obtained in a safe way by means of windows, doors, vent holes, etc. to the open, mechanical ventilation ensuring suffi cient supply of fresh air of a proper temperature and humidity shall be installed.

35.-(1) If development of gases, dust or similar that are hazardous to health or explosive or devel-opment of smoke, micro-organisms, aerosols, bad smells or other unpleasant air pollution in connec-tion with a work process cannot be avoided, me-chanical extraction to remove as much of the pol-lution from its place of development as possible shall take place. At the same time, fresh replace-ment air of a proper temperature shall be supplied.

(2) If removing the pollution effi ciently from its place of development is not possible, the work process shall be moved to a special area, cabin or similar in which other work is not carried out and which is equipped with adequate mechanical ventilation.

(3) The extracted air shall not be led back to the working area or other indoor areas, cf. also sub-sections (4) and (5).

(4) Provided that the castings do not contain substances and materials covered by the Execu-tive Order on Measures to Protect Workers from the Risks Related to Exposure to Carcinogenic Substances and Materials at Work, extracted air exclusively originating from grinding of castings in the foundry scrubbers may, however, be led back to the same working area after effi cient cleaning and intake of adequate amounts of fresh air, cf. also subsection (6).

Appendix 2 171

(5) Extracted air exclusively originating from sand blasting in connection with which respira-tory protective equipment with air supply is re-quired may, however, after effi cient cleaning and intake of adequate amounts of fresh air be led back to the same working area, cf. also subsection (7).

(6) This shall be on condition that it can be docu-mented that the extracted air, cf. also subsection (4), before being led back has been effi ciently cleaned, is of at least the same quality as the ambi-ent air and does not contain any bad smells or any other unpleasant air pollution. Besides, measure-ments checking that the injected air fulfi ls the re-quirements shall constantly be taken.

(7) This shall be on condition that it can be docu-mented that the extracted air, cf. also subsection (5), before being led back has been effi ciently cleaned so that the air content of mineral dust (inert, respirable) does not exceed 10 per cent of the limit value. Besides, measurements checking that the injected air fulfi ls the requirements shall constantly be taken.

(8) The ventilation systems mentioned in subsec-tions (1) and (2) shall be equipped with a control device that signals inadequate functioning. Ven-tilation systems covered by the provisions of subsections (4) and (5) shall also be designed in such a way that recirculation is automatically switched off or production is stopped in the event of inadequate cleaning.

36.-(1) Fresh air injected by means of mech-anical ventilation shall consist of outdoor air only minimally polluted by nearby chimneys, discharge air or other sources of pollution.

(2) The fresh air may, however, to a limited extent be mixed with air extracted from the working area provided that this air has been cleaned and does not originate from ventilation systems covered by section 35, cf. also the provisions of section 35(4) and (5).

37.-(1) Ventilation systems shall be designed and installed in such a way that they do not them-selves inject substances and materials, including micro-organisms, into the place of work. They shall be well functioning, e.g. with balanced injec-tion and extraction volumes.

(2) The discharge air shall be taken to the open. Discharges shall be placed in such a way that as

little discharge air as possible is taken in through open-air inlets in windows and doors or causes discomfort at the place of work in general.

(3) Ventilation systems shall be designed and placed in such a way that noise and draught problems are avoided and in such a way that maintenance can take place in a safe manner. It shall be ensured that ventilation systems do not constitute a hazard.

(4) If ventilation systems can be opened, closed, adjusted and fi xed, it shall be possible to do this in a safe manner without any risks to health.

(5) Ventilation systems shall always be opera-tional, including be adequately clean, and shall regularly be checked.

Part 9Lighting

38.-(1) Lighting at the place of work shall be of such a quality that work and circulation can take place in a safe way.

(2) In so far as this is required to ensure safe ori-entation in a room, switching on adequate light shall be possible at the entrance to the room.

39. There shall be suffi cient general lighting in the working area and proper special lighting at the individual workplace so that work can be per-formed safely, including with safe work postures.

40.-(1) As regards distribution of light, lumi-nosity and light quality, the artifi cial lighting shall be adapted to the nature of the work and the col-ours of the working area.

(2) Lighting in itself should not give rise to harm-ful exposures. It shall be designed in such a way that it does not blind or generate unpleasant refl ec-tions or heat.

(3) If the work is of such a nature that particular hazards may occur if light fails, adequate emer-gency lighting that provides the necessary orienta-tion shall be installed.

Appendix 2 172

Part 10Maintenance and cleaning

41.-(1) The place of work shall be adequately maintained and kept clean and tidy so that the conditions are at any time safe in terms of health and safety. In this connection, it shall especially be observed that

1. circulation routes and areas, including fl oor-ings, shall be kept in a safe condition and free of objects, materials, spillage, etc. that may be hazardous to circulation;

2. technical equipment, substances and materials shall be stored safely;

3. spillage and waste shall be collected and dis-posed of in a safe way; and

4. windows, light fi ttings, etc. shall be main-tained and cleaned. (2) Cleaning shall take place in such a way that hazardous contamina-tion is not spread.

(3) Cleaning agents or methods that may impair the general safety and health conditions at the place of work shall not be used.

42. At the place of work, there shall be safe conditions for the performance of tidying up, cleaning and maintenance ensuring that such work can be performed without causing any health and safety risks to those who perform the work and others employed at the enterprise.

Part 11Welfare facilities

43.-(1) At the place of work, the following facilities designed and fi tted out in accordance with sections 44 to 46 shall be available to the employees:

1. lavatory complying with section 47;

2. eating facilities complying with sections 48 and 49, if there are meal breaks during the work;

3. washbasin complying with section 50;

4. locker or, if change of clothes takes place, changing room complying with sections 51 to 53; and

5. call box unless the employees have other pos-sibilities of using a telephone.

(2) There shall also be:

1. bathroom complying with sections 54 and 55, cf. section 53, if the work

a) is soiling; b) involves any risk of contamination with

materials that may be infectious; c) involves any risk of exposure to substances

and materials that on grounds of safety and health must be removed from the skin or be stopped from spreading;

d) is physically straining; or e) is wet;

2. cleaning facilities complying with section 56, if washing, cleaning, disinfection or other cleaning of personal protective equipment is conducted at the place of work;

3. rest rooms complying with section 57, if spe-cial resting breaks are necessary or required and when pregnant women or nursing mothers shall have the possibility of taking a rest; and

4. sleeping facilities complying with section 58, if services with permission to sleep are carried out at the place of work.

(3) Employees, who during their work risk being contaminated with materials that may be infectious or risk being exposed to substances or materials that on grounds of safety or health must be removed from the skin, shall use the facilities available for preventing exposure to or spreading of the sub-stances or materials concerned. Consumption of food and drink shall not take place in working areas in which work of such a nature is performed.

44. The facilities shall be available in suffi -cient numbers considering the nature of the work and the number of persons usually using them, and they shall be expediently situated in relation to each other, to workplaces and to circulation routes.

45.-(1) The facilities shall be set up in a per-manent building, unless this is not possible or reasonable considering the facilities.

(2) The facilities shall be located in rooms ad-equately designed and fi tted out. Facilities with

Appendix 2 173

special purposes related to safety or health shall be expediently designed and fi tted out with a view to this. The rooms shall have a proper supply of fresh air, appropriate temperatures, etc., and shall be equipped with necessary and expedient furni-ture and equipment.

46.-(1) The facilities for the employees shall usually not be available to others than those who are employed with the employer in question or are in any other way employed at the place of work.

(2) Within the same building complex, several employers may, however, share facilities designed and fi tted out for their employees on condition that they have concluded an agreement as to who of them is responsible for maintaining and cleaning the facilities.

(3) If there are no more than three employees working at the same time at a place of work, the employer may refer the employees to such facili-ties in his private or offi cial residence if this is at their disposal during their work. It is a condition that the residence is located close to the place of work and that the facilities concerned otherwise comply with the requirements of this Executive Order and are found in appropriate rooms.

(4) The provisions of subsections (2) and (3) shall, however, not apply to places of work at which particularly soiling work or work that involves any risk of contamination with materials that may be infectious or any risk of exposure to sub-stances and materials that on grounds of safety and health must be removed from the skin or be stopped from spreading is performed.

Lavatories, cf. section 43(1)

47.-(1) The lavatories shall have fl ushing.

(2) The Danish Working Environment Authority may order an employer to install a separate lava-tory for employees who perform work of a par-ticularly soiling nature or work that exposes them to contamination that must not be spread for health reasons.

Eating facilities, cf. section 43(1)

48.-(1) The eating facilities shall be provided in an appropriate room with adequate hygienic conditions and shall comprise an appropriate

number of tables and seats with back rests consi-dering the number of employees. The workplace may not be designated eating facilities.

(2) If more than three employees are generally employed at the same time at a place of work, special eating facilities shall be provided, nor-mally in a separate room.

(3) Separate eating facilities shall be provided for employees who conduct soiling work if changing does not take place before the meal breaks.

(4) Appropriate measures shall be taken for the protection of non-smokers against discomfort caused by tobacco smoke.

49. It shall be possible to store packed food and drink properly from a health point of view, and it shall be possible to warm up food and drink. There shall be access to fresh drinking water.

Washbasins, cf. section 43(1)

50.-(1) Washbasins shall be equipped with running hot and cold water and soap and shall be expediently placed in relation to working areas, eating facilities, lavatories and lockers or chang-ing rooms.

(2) Washbasins used in connection with work dur-ing which the employees are exposed to contami-nation that must not be spread for health reasons shall not be equipped with hand-operated taps.

(3) In so far as the contamination of the skin cannot be removed by means of ordinary soap, skin-cleaning agents shall be available by the washba-sin.

Lockers and changing rooms, cf. section 43(1)

51.-(1) It shall be possible to store ordinary clothes and work clothes properly in, for example, a locker or a changing room.

(2) The employees shall also have access to safe storage of personal belongings, e.g. in a locker, a lockable drawer in their own desk or another lockable compartment of an appropriate size.

52.-(1) Changing rooms shall hold one locker for each employee. Lockers shall be equipped with ventilation holes.

Appendix 2 174

(2) If the work is soiling or wet, ordinary clothes and work clothes shall be stored properly sepa-rated, e.g. in two separate lockers.

(3) If there is a particular risk of the work clothes getting wet during work, a special drying space in which the clothes can be dried in an appropriate time shall be provided.

(4) Women and men shall either have separate changing rooms or have the possibility of using the same changing room separately.

(5) The changing rooms shall be equipped with seats.

53.-(1) If the employees are exposed to con-tamination that for health reasons must not be spread, two separate changing rooms shall be provided, i.e. one for ordinary clothes and one for work clothes. They shall be placed in such a way that passage between them can only take place through a bathroom and that passage to and from the ordinary clothes changing room does not go through contaminated areas.

(2) The work clothes changing room shall be de-signed and fi tted out in such a way that the work clothes can be properly packed into tight packag-ing before being removed for washing. If dispos-able clothing or equipment is used, closed and expedient waste containers for this shall be avail-able.

(3) The work clothes changing room shall not be used by others than those exposed to the con-tamination in question.

Bathrooms, cf. section 43(2)

54.-(1) Bathrooms shall be equipped with an appropriate number of washbasins and showers with hot and cold water. The showers shall be shielded from changing rooms, entrance room and other surroundings.

(2) Women and men shall either have separate bathrooms or have the possibility of using the same bathroom separately.

55. At places of work where the work causes bad smelling that cannot be removed from the skin through a shower, the Danish Working Environ-ment Authority may order an employer to install a sauna.

Cleaning facilities, cf. section 43(2)

56. Cleaning facilities shall be provided at an appropriate location, possibly in a separate room, with the necessary equipment ensuring that clean-ing can be carried out in a safe way in terms of health and safety.

Rest rooms, cf. section 43(2)

57.-(1) For intervals of rest, appropriate rest rooms shall be provided. The rest rooms shall not be provided in working areas with noise or where soiling work or work with harmful substances and materials is performed.

(2) Appropriate measures shall be taken for the protection of non-smokers against discomfort caused by tobacco smoke.

Sleeping facilities, cf. section 43(2)

58. Sleeping facilities shall be provided in an appropriate, lockable room which, when used as sleeping room, must not be used for any other purpose. A lavatory with washbasin shall be loc-ated conveniently close to the sleeping room.

Part 12Relationship with other legislation

59. To the provisions of this Executive Order, such rules shall apply as may have been laid down on the conditions at places of work in pursuance of other legislation.

60. The building regulations in force at the time of designing and fi tting out of a place of work shall constitute the minimum requirements made to the structural design and fi tting out of the place of work in pursuance of this Executive Order. After major conversion, the building regulations in force at the time of conversion shall constitute the minimum requirements.

61.-(1) As regards places of work within branches of industry in which the work process does not infl uence the design or fi tting out of the building, structural requirements in addition to the minimum requirements laid down in section 60 shall not be made, provided that the building has been constructed in accordance with building li-cence granted after 1 May 1986.

Appendix 2 175

(2) The specifi c delimitation of the branches of industry covered by subsection (1) is laid down through agreement between the Danish Ministry of Labour and the Danish Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs after consultation with the munici-pal organisations. The branches of industry con-cerned are categorised in Annex 1. Examples of work processes/enterprises not covered by sub-section (1) are stated in Annex 2. Whenever needed, this delimitation may be adjusted by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs and the Ministry of Labour after consultation with the municipal organisations.

62. If conditions which materially deviate from or which are not covered by the provisions of the building regulations are demonstrated after the design and fi tting out of a place of work, the Danish Working Environment Authority may, notwithstanding the above provisions and if the conditions are unsafe in terms of health and safety, order measures to meet these conditions.

Part 13Detailed rules

63.-(1) The Director General of the Danish Working Environment Authority shall be author-ised, together with the Danish Working Environ-ment Council, cf. section 66(3) of the Danish Working Environment Act, to lay down detailed rules concerning the conditions at permanent places of work in accordance with the aforesaid provisions.

(2) In addition, the rules may contain provisions:

1. to the effect that buildings, premises, areas, etc., shall not be leased for industrial purposes until the question concerning their application has been submitted to the Danish Working Environment Authority for an opinion or au-thorisation; or

2. to the effect that plans concerning design and fi tting out or conversion of buildings, premises and technical plants and installa-tions, etc. shall be submitted to the Danish Working Environment Authority for an opin-ion or authorisation before implementation.

(3) The rules may include references to acknow-ledged norms and standards concerning health and safety provided that they are specifi ed clearly and include dating.

64. The Director General of the Danish Work-ing Environment Authority shall issue WEA guidelines specifying how the provisions of the Executive Order and the detailed rules can be met.

65. Rules in pursuance of this Executive Order that affect other legislation shall be laid down following prior consultation with the respective authorities.

Part 14Exemptions and appeals

66. In special circumstances, the Director General of the Danish Working Environment Authority may permit derogations from the provi-sions of this Executive Order where this is deemed to be reasonable and fully acceptable and to the extent it is compatible with Council Directive 89/654/EEC of 30 November 1989 concerning the minimum safety and health requirements for the workplace.

67. Any decisions made by the Danish Work-ing Environment Authority under this Executive Order may be appealed in accordance with section 81 of the Danish Working Environment Act.

Part 15

Penalty provisions

68.-(1) Unless a more severe penalty is pre-scribed by the Danish Working Environment Act or any other legislation, anyone who

1. contravenes section 5(2), sections 6 and 7 and sections 9 to 58;

2. fails to comply with any improvement notice or prohibition notice issued in accordance with the provisions of this Executive Order; or

3. disregards the terms of authorisations pursu-ant to this Executive Order

shall be punished with a fi ne or imprisonment.

(2) For contravention of sections 6 and 7 and sections 9 to 58 an employer may be held liable to pay a fi ne even if he has not acted intentionally or negligently. There shall be no alternative sentence in lieu of the fi ne.

Appendix 2 176

(3) Companies, etc. (legal persons) may be held criminally liable pursuant to the rules set out in part 5 of the Danish Criminal Code.

Part 16Entry into force and transitional provisions

Entry into force

69.-(1) This Executive Order shall enter into force on 15 February 2001.

(2) Executive Order No. 1163 of 16 December 1992 on the Conditions at Permanent Places of Work shall be repealed.

Transitional provisions

70.-(1) Section 5(2) shall not apply to leases entered into before 1 January 1993.

(2) Section 25(1) and (2) shall not apply to enter-prises which before 1 January 1993 have, legally and in accordance with the working environment

rules in force at that time, designed and fi tted out working areas without daylight or with limited intake of this or without view, however, as regards section 25(1), only in so far as the structural conditions do not allow this.

(3) For enterprises designed and fi tted out without separate eating facilities before 1 January 1993, section 48(2) shall not apply unless the work is of such a nature that eating should not take place in the working area. This provision shall, however, be complied with if the enterprise carries out major conversion.

71. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 70(2) and (3), the Danish Working Environment Authority may order an enterprise to comply with the aforesaid provisions within a reasonable period of time on grounds of health or safety.

72. Exemptions from rules in force so far and continued in this Executive Order shall remain in force on the conditions and terms stated in the exemption.

The Danish Ministry of Labour, 13 February 2001

Ove Hygum/Morten Bergulf

Appendix 3 177Appendix 3 177

Appendix 3

Accreditation scheme for structural engineers (see Part 4)

The Danish Society of Engineers’ (IDA) accreditation scheme for structural engineers.

1 Accreditation

Accreditation is granted by a decision of the accreditation committee named in clause 2 hereof.

The agreement of no less than 2/3 of the committee is required for accredita-tion to be awarded. Accreditation will be refused if just one of the members endorsed by the Rector of the Technical University of Denmark opposes the application; see clause 2 hereof.

If the accreditation committee turns down an application for accreditation, the committee is required to notify the person concerned.

Such notifi cation must set out information on:

– the accreditation committee’s reasons for rejecting the application; – the procedure for applying for an interview with the accreditation commit-

tee;– the applicant’s scope for appeal; see clause 5 hereof.

2 Accreditation committee

To perform the tasks described in the following clauses, a committee of nine members is appointed for a term of four years.

The procedure for selecting the committee is as follows:

Five members are nominated by the Executive Committee of the Danish Soci-ety of Engineers (IDA). One of these members is appointed on the recommen-dation of the Danish Contractors’ Association, three on the recommendation of the Danish Association of Consulting Engineers (FRI), and one on the recom-mendation of the National Association of Local Authorities in Denmark (KL). This member must be a municipal employee. These nominations are made in consultation with the incumbent committee.


Four members are appointed following negotiation between the Executive Com-mittee of the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA) and respectively the Rector of the Technical University of Denmark (two representatives) and the Rectors’ Conference of the Danish Engineering Colleges (two representatives).

The accreditation committee elects its chairman from among the committee members.

3 Rules governing the granting of accreditation

A) Engineers with one of the following Danish degrees: Masters of Science in Engineering (M.Sc. (Eng.)), Bachelors of Science in Engineering (B.Sc. Eng. (hon)) and (B.Sc. (Eng.)) – all within construction technology as the major fi eld of study.

The decision of the accreditation committee is based on the following informa-tion:

1) design prepared independently by the applicant submitted for assessment by the accreditation committee. This design must, in terms of size and nature, be suffi cient to give an impression of the applicant’s engineering qualifi cations and his/her command of construction project management. The documenta-tion submitted must be supplemented by a report which gives an account of the main structural content of the design. The design must have been pre-pared within the last three years, and both drawings and calculations must be signed by the applicant. The design must also comply with the conditions specifi ed in “Guidance for applicants” prepared and approved by the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA).

2) A declaration by the applicant identifying the designs he or she has submitted to the building authorities during the last three years prior to the application for accreditation. The applicant must agree that the committee may seek in-formation on the projects concerned from the relevant building authorities.

3) Documentation showing that, for no less than the last three years prior to the application for accreditation, the applicant has been employed on structural designs, and that for no less than one of these he or she has had independent professional responsibility for his/her work.

4) A declaration signed by the applicant that he or she accepts the provisions of these regulations, including in particular the regulations for withdrawal of the accreditation and professional liability insurance.


B) Others

The decision of the accreditation committee is based on the following informa-tion:

1) A design prepared independently by the applicant and submitted for assess-ment by the accreditation committee. This design must, in terms of size and nature, be suffi cient to give an impression of the applicant’s engineering qualifi cations and his/her command of construction project management. The documentation submitted must be supplemented by a report which gives an account of the main structural content of the design. The design must have been prepared within the last three years, and both drawings and calculations must be signed by the applicant. The design must also comply with the con-ditions specifi ed in “Guidance for applicants” prepared and approved by the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA).

2) A declaration by the applicant identifying the designs he or she has submit-ted to the building authorities during the last fi ve years prior to the applica-tion for accreditation. The applicant must agree that the committee may seek information on the projects concerned from the relevant building authori-ties.

3) Documentation that, for no less than the last fi ve years prior to the applica-tion for accreditation, the applicant has been employed on structural designs, and that for no less than two of these he or she has had independent profes-sional responsibility for his/her work.

4) Engineers who are not trained as civil engineers at a foreign educational es-tablishment whose training in this area is recognised by the Danish Society of Engineers must furthermore declare in writing that they are willing to take a test arranged by the accreditation committee. The purpose of the test is to confi rm both that the applicant is personally capable of practicing within the area and also that he or she has command of the theoretical basis for the design of loadbearing structures, corresponding to the requirements for a civil engineer trained at the Technical University of Denmark, the Danish Academy of Engineering or the Engineering Colleges.

5) A declaration signed by the applicant that he or she accepts the provisions of these regulations, including in particular the regulations for withdrawal of the accreditation and professional liability insurance.

The accreditation committee is responsible for checking and assessing the above information and, on the basis of such information coupled with the evidence


from any meetings and tests, deciding whether accreditation is to be granted.

Accreditation is given for fi ve years. Renewal of accreditation after the expiry of the fi ve-year period will not normally require the information listed under A)(1) and (2) and B)(1) and (2). The accreditation committee may, however, also require this information in connection with renewal. In the event of an application to renew a lapsed accreditation, the accreditation committee decides which of the specifi ed information the committee wishes to use in its decision-making.

4 Withdrawal of accreditation

If the accreditation committee is made aware, by a report from the building au-thority or by other means, of signifi cant defi ciencies in the designs prepared by an accredited structural engineer, it may withdraw his or her accreditation.

In such cases, the accreditation committee must inform the person concerned prior to its decision to withdraw accreditation.

Such notifi cation must contain information on:

– the reasons why the accreditation committee wishes to withdraw the accredi-tation

– the right of the person concerned to have an interview with the committee before the decision is made

– the right to appeal to the Executive Committee of the Danish Society of En-gineers (IDA) against withdrawal of accreditation; see clause 5 hereof.

If accreditation as a structural engineer is withdrawn from an engineer, he or she can only be accredited again after three years, and in accordance with the same procedure as for the a fi rst application; see clause 3.

5 Appeal

A decision of the accreditation committee to reject or withdraw an accreditation may be appealed by the person concerned to the Executive Committee of the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA).

In connection with such an appeal, the person concerned may put his/her case in writing, and is entitled to present his/her case in person to the Executive Committee.


The decision of the Executive Committee is fi nal and may not be brought before the courts.

6 Professional liability insurance

The accreditation may be used once the accreditation committee has received satisfactory documentary evidence that the structural engineer has the appropri-ate professional liability insurance as a consulting engineer for the area con-cerned. The sum insured must be no less than equivalent to the compulsory, collective liability insurance for consulting engineers determined by the As-sociation of Consulting Engineers (FRI).

7 The use of accreditation

In applications for a building permit, in which the accredited structural engineer is involved in accordance with the Building Regulations, the report on the struc-tural documentation with associated appendices and external calculations must be personally signed by the accredited structural engineer, and the accredited structural engineer must certify by his/her signature that he or she has checked with all due diligence that the report with its associated appendices has been prepared in compliance with the applicable regulations.

If the report specifi ed in the fi rst paragraph of this clause is in digital form ac-companied by a digital signature with a security level equivalent to that of the OCES signature, the structural engineer may add his/her accreditation to the digital statement and supply it with a digital signature complying with the same requirement.

The report must follow the guidance in Appendix 4, Report on structural docu-mentation.

For buildings in which a possible breach entails a high risk of personal injury or serious social consequences, the accredited structural engineer must enclose documentation of his/her professional competence in relation to the nature of the task. Alternatively, the structural engineer must bring in specialist expertise.

8 Fees

To cover the costs of administering the scheme, the applicant pays a fee both for the initial accreditation and for re-accreditation. The amount of the fees is set by the Executive Committee of the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA) on the recommendation of the accreditation committee.


The amount of the fees is set such that the scheme is self-fi nancing.

9 Adoption of the rules

Adopted by the Executive Board of the Danish Society of Engineers (IDA).


Appendix 4

Structural documentation

Purpose and responsibilityThe purpose of structural documentation is to show that a building and all its structural elements comply with the defi ned requirements for strength and use-ability of loadbearing structures. The purpose of structural documentation is also to document those parts of the design which are signifi cant to the safety and useability of the building, including the organisation and allocation of tasks during construction.

The client is responsible for the structural documentation. The client must ap-point a construction designer with responsibility for collating and coordinating the structural documentation. The client may act as construction designer.

The content of the structural documentation The structural documentation consists of the following elements:

A. Structural documentation A1 Background data A2 Structural designs A3 Structural alterations (if any)

B. Design documentation B1 Structural design report B2 Checking of structural documentation B3 Structural inspection reports (if any)

Appendices may be provided to any of the parts.

The scope and relevant parts of the structural documentation depends on the project and the size and complexity of the structures.

Re A1. Background dataBackground data must give a precise review of the basis of the project in all functional, technical and constructional terms, including the use of the build-ing, functional requirements, fi re strategy, codes of practice, guidance notes, IT tools, feasibility studies, main statics of the structures, robustness, foundations, construction materials and loads. This ensures that all inputs to the subsequent Structural designs are on the same basis.


Re A2. Structural designs Structural designs must demonstrate that the safety and use of the constructions in the building comply with codes of practice and standards and the require-ments of client and users. Structural designs are one or more technical docu-ments that use calculations, subsequent conclusions, test reports or references attesting to compliance with the requirements. The structural designs should be supplemented by relevant structural drawings, including details of joints.

Re A3. Structural alterations (if any)Structural alterations must document that structural alterations made after completion of the structural documentation do not give rise to unacceptable deviations from the safety, use, buildability, durability etc. of the structures.

Re B1. Structural design reportThe structural design report must give an overview of the nature, scope, organi-sation, allocation of duties and checks during the design process to ensure that all relevant matters are covered by the construction documents. The report must be prepared at the commencement of design and updated on an ongoing basis. The structural design report must contain as a discrete item an account of the allocation of responsibilities in connection with the preparation of structural documentation in general, including the associated drawings.

Re B2. Checking of structural documentationChecking of structural documentation must demonstrate that the structural doc-umentation has been checked in accordance with the provisions of the struc-tural design report. If the Structural design report refers to the quality manage-ment systems of the organisations participating in the design, compliance with such systems must be demonstrated. The construction designer is responsible for checking that contributions to the construction documentation by other par-ties to the design, for example suppliers of building elements, contractors and consulting engineers, comply with the requirements of Background data and the Structural design report.

Re B3. Structural inspection report (if any)The structural inspection report must demonstrate that the completed construc-tion corresponds to the assumptions of the structural documentation in general. The structural inspection report may include a specifi cation of the scope of inspection, method of inspection and records of discrepancies.

The form and handling of the structural documentationThe structural documentation must be complete and consistent, and cover the relevant constructions. It must also be accessible, structured and legible, and


drawn up in Danish. Structural designs and Checking of structural documenta-tion may, however, be in English. Documents must be listed in document refer-ences, and all documents must be unequivocally identifi able and dated, and all pages must be numbered, all references unequivocal etc.

If the structural documentation includes digital models and/or digital docu-ments, these must also comply with the above requirements for the layout of the documentation. Separate documentation must state which technologi-cal platforms and systems are needed for reading and interpreting the digital information. If IT tools are used for the structural designs, printouts must be legible and comprehensible by an outside structural engineer, and all neces-sary information, defi nitions and references to bases etc. must be stated in the documentation, for example assumptions, input data, algorithms and codes of practice used.

All parts of the structural documentation must be checked and documentary evidence of outcome given. The requirements for such checks must be stated in the Structural design report. All parts of the structural documentation, in-cluding any contributions from suppliers, must be signed by the individuals by whom they were prepared, checked and approved.

On completion of the building, and no later than immediately after being taken into use, the structural documentation must correspond to what has been built.

The construction designer coordinates and collates the structural documenta-tion and signs the Structural design report.


Appendix 5

Examples of compliance with fi re safety regulations in single-family houses

A number of possible constructions of single-family houses that would comply with the overall functional requirements of Part 5 of BR08

Re 5.1 General This Appendix shows a number of possible constructions of single-family houses that would comply with the overall functional requirements. ”Single-family houses” here means buildings of no more than 2 storeys, with or without a basement. Useable roof space counts as a storey.

If single-family houses are adapted for assisted living, the buildings are not covered by the requirements for single-family houses and terraced houses, and must follow the general provisions for building sections whose occupants are not capable of taking themselves unaided to a place of safety as per usage cat-egory 6.

This Appendix covers the following types of buildings:

– single-family houses for permanent habitation, either detached single-family houses or wholly or partially joined houses (semi-detached, terraced, linked or cluster houses etc.);

– houses with one dwelling for permanent habitation which are wholly or part-ly linked to blocks of fl ats, commercial buildings or institutional buildings;

– holiday homes and campsite cabins; and – small-scale, ancillary buildings erected in connection with the dwelling: gar-

ages, carports, outbuildings, greenhouses and similar ancillary buildings, as well as plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks or services.

This Appendix applies even if part of the house is used for such commercial activity which is often based in the home, such as hairdressing; offi ces of such professionals as estate agents, lawyers, accountants and architects; and child-minding etc. Farmhouses on agricultural properties are single-family houses.

Re 5.2 Escape routes and rescue provisionsFor single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if habitable rooms and kitchens in separate rooms have rescue openings direct to the outside, either via windows, doors or hatches.


Rescue openings may, however, be omitted if there is a rescue route from the room in question through two doors through other rooms which are not openly connected with each other. This functional requirement is deemed to be satis-fi ed if:

– the sum of the clear height (h) and width (b) of the rescue opening is no less than 1.5 m; and

– neither the height nor the width is less than 0.5 m; and – the height from the fl oor to the lower edge of the rescue opening is no more

than 1.2 m; and – the height is no less than 0.6 m if the lower edge of the rescue opening is

above 2.0 m from ground level; and – the rescue opening is easy to operate and can be fi xed in a position that al-

lows free passage from inside and outside.

Rescue openings may normally be omitted from single-family houses if rescue is possible through two adjoining yet independent rooms. This principle can, for example, be applied when conservatories are built in front of rescue open-ings.


Rescue openings should be located so as to be accessible by emergency service ladders. It should be possible to keep rescue openings in the open position to facilitate rescue of occupants; see also 5.6.1(2).

Re 5.3 Structural factorsThe SBi Guidelines 189 show examples of how the required building elements can be built.

For single-family houses without integrated carports and garages, the func-tional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the loadbearing walls, columns, beams and similar structures used are of no less than building element class R 30 [BD 30 building element(s)] and the suspended upper fl oors are of no less than building element class REI 30 [BD 30 building element(s)].

In single-family houses with two storeys and a basement, the functional require-ment is deemed to be satisfi ed if the loadbearing structures in the basement are of no less than building element class R 60 [BD 60 building element(s)] and the suspended fl oor above the basement consists of no less than building element class REI 60 [BD 60 building element(s)] and the staircase between the basement and ground fl oor is separated from the basement or from the ground fl oor with a building element of no less than building elements class EI 60 [BD 60 building element(s)] and with a door of no less than door class EI2 30-C [BD 30 door(s)].

In single-family houses, non-loadbearing external walls, ceramic external wall claddings etc. which could constitute a hazard in the event of fi re if the hanging system fails should be appropriately fi xed.

In single-family houses with two storeys and a basement, the basement should be separated in fi re-resisting terms from the ground fl oor. The basement stair-case should therefore be separated in fi re-resisting terms from the basement or ground fl oor. The division may be on the ground fl oor or in the basement. The fi re-compartmentation is shown in black on the drawing.


For single-family houses which are joined with or at a distance of less than 5.0 m from another building, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if they are separated by building elements of no less than building element class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 [BS 60 building element(s)] and the division abuts tightly against the outermost roofi ng, and for external walls which are of no less than materials class B-s1,d0 [class A materials], the fi re compartmentation building element should extend at least to the inner face of the external cladding.

(5.3(3)) On single-family houses, a fi re compartmentation building element should extend to the inner face of the external cladding.

This provision also covers farmhouses which are joined with farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings for the agricultural occupations.

Re 5.5 Spread of fi re and smoke For single-family houses the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if

– walls and ceilings in direct contact with roof spaces that are non-habitable are of no less than cladding class K1 10 D-s2,d2 [class 2 cladding] with no


less than 50 mm insulation of no less than materials class D-s2,d2 [class B materials]; and

– walls and ceilings enclosing habitable rooms below a thatched roof are of no less than building elements class REI 30 [BD 30 building element(s)].

Re 5.5.1 Spread of fi re and smoke in the room where the fi re starts For single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if internal wall and ceiling fi nishes are of no less than cladding class K1 10 D-s2,d2 [class 2 cladding].

Re 5.5.2 Spread of fi re and smoke in the building where the fi re starts or to other buildings on the same plotFor single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if insulating materials are not used in such a way that they increase the risk of fi re. In this context, “insulating material” means any material whose density is less than 300 kg/m³. The following does not cover other plastic-based construction products such as electrical socket boxes and conduits, stackpipes, ventilation parts, PEX pipes, cable insulation, building foam etc.

On this basis:

– insulating materials complying with the requirements for class B-s1,d0 ma-terials [class A materials] can be used without restriction.

– insulating materials complying with the requirements for class D-s2,d2 ma-terials [class B materials] can be used subject to the restrictions that apply in the specifi c context to all other materials.

– insulating materials that do not meet the requirements for materials class D-s2,d2 [class B materials]: – are used above suspended upper fl oors which comprise building elements

of no less than class REI 60 A2-s1,d0 [BS 60 building element(s)]; – are used in walls whose insulating materials on both sides of a vertical

building element are covered by building elements of no less than class EI 30 A2-s1,d0 [BS 30 building element(s)];

– are used in roof constructions provided the underlying part of the roof construction is of no less than building element class EI 30 [BD 30 build-ing element(s)];

– are used in ground slabs and suspended ground slabs;– are used in building elements when the insulating material is covered by

no less than cladding class K1 10 B-s1,d0 [class 1 cladding] along both sides of a vertical building element and along the underside of a horizon-tal or inclined building element, provided there is not a void between the insulating material and the cladding;


– are used in building elements provided that the insulating material is covered by no less than class EI 30 building elements [BD 30 building element(s)] along both sides of a vertical building element and along the underside of a horizontal or inclined building element.

For single-family houses which are joined or less than 5 m apart, and to the extent that the buildings are immediately facing each other or wholly joined, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if they are separated by no less than class EI 60 building elements [BD 60 building element(s)].

Where the buildings are staggered in relation to each other and the distance between the buildings is less than 2.5 m, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the parts of the walls that are up to 2.5 m apart from the other building consist of no less than class EI 60 building elements [BD 60 building element(s)] to prevent angular transmission.

Such a building element should abut tightly against the outermost roofi ng. In the case of external walls containing materials that are of no less than class B-s1,d0 materials [class A materials], the fi re compartmentation building ele-ment should be extended at least to the inner face of the external cladding.

(5.5.2) Single-family houses are regarded as linked in fi re terms if they are less than 5.0 m apart.

The buildings should be separated for fi re purposes in such a way that the divi-sion corresponds to the fi re-resisting compartmentation achieved in connection with corresponding buildings that are located too close to the boundary of plots registered under separate title numbers. In other words:

If the distance a between the buildings is between 2.5 m and 5.0 m, they should be separated by building elements of no less than class EI 60 [BD 60 building element(s)].


If the distance a between the buildings is less than 2.5 m, further measures may be necessary along the exterior walls.

Separation by a class E 30 building element [F 30 building element(s)] may be achieved by breaking the insulation with a 100 mm-wide strip of insulating material of no less than class B-s1,d0 [class A materials].

The purpose of the following guidance is to prevent buildings being erected on a plot astride boundaries without such buildings on the plot being separated in fi re-resisting terms. Such fi re-resisting compartmentation may be achieved either with the aid of a building element that creates fi re compartmentation or by providing a clear distance between the buildings of 5.0 m.

If the distance between A and B is less than 2.5 m, the wall of B which faces the boundary should be no less than building element class EI 60 [BD 60 building element(s)].


A garage, carport, outbuilding, greenhouse, roofed-over terrace or plant and equipment house for electronic communications networks or services may be built onto the single-family house to one of the boundaries. Garages, outbuild-ings and plant and equipment houses closer than 1.0 m to the single-family house should be separated from the single-family house by a class EI 30 build-ing element [BD 30 building element(s)].

This requirement may be satisfi ed by siting the buildings on the basis of some imaginary boundaries.

For joined single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the division for every 1,200 m² gross fl oor area is no less than a class EI 60 A2-s1,d0 building element [BS 60 building element(s)]. Such a division should abut tightly against the outermost roofi ng. In the case of external walls containing materials that are of no less than materials class B-s1,d0 [class A materials], the fi re compartmentation building element should be extended at least to the inner face of the external cladding.

The functional requirement for garages, carports, outbuildings, plant and equip-ment houses for electronic communications networks or services and similar ancillary buildings associated with single-family houses is deemed to be satis-fi ed if they have class B

ROOF(t2) roofi ng [class T roofi ng] or class E-d2 trans-

parent roof units. Buildings which do not have class BROOF

(t2) roofi ng [class T roofi ng] or class E-d2 transparent roof units satisfy the functional requirement if they are at a distance of 10 m from the common boundary, road and path centrelines and from other buildings on the same plot.

The functional requirement for garages, carports, outbuildings, greenhouses, roofed-over terraces and plant and equipment houses for electronic communi-


cations networks or services on a boundary or closer to a boundary than 2.5 m is deemed to be satisfi ed if :

– they are no less than 2.5 m from other buildings within the plot or– their boundary-facing walls are of no less than building element class EI 60

[BD 60 building element(s)].

Irrespective of the above, garages, carports, outbuildings, greenhouses, roofed-over terraces and plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks and services in connection with one of the boundaries may be located closer to the single-family house than 2.5 m, and may even be joined, without special fi re precautions at the interface with the boundary provided that condi-tions a-d below are satisfi ed.

a. The total area of the buildings that are 2.5 m or closer to a boundary is less than 50.0 m².

b. The sides facing the boundary may not have a total length greater than 12.0 m. If a building is placed in a corner of the plot, only the longest side is counted. If a building is closer than 2.5 m from the opposite boundary, only the longest side is counted. Overhangs greater than 0.5 m are added to the length of the building. The length of a carport is measured 0.5 m inside the edge of the roof surface.

c. No part of the external walls or roof of the building is higher than 2.5 m above ground level or the level set for the building within a distance of 2.5 m from the boundary.

d. No windows face the boundary.

For garages, outbuildings or plant and equipment houses for electronic com-munications networks or services which are joined with or closer than 1.0 m to the single-family house, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the buildings are separated from the single-family house by building elements of no less than building element class EI 30 [BD 30 building element(s)]. The building element should be taken up tight to the outermost roofi ng. Any doors should be no less than class EI2 30-C doors [BD 30 door(s)].

For garages, carports, outbuildings, plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks or services and similar ancillary buildings in con-nection with joined single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if they are at a distance of no less than 5 m from the single-family


house and have walls facing the boundary of no less than building element class EI 60 [BD 60 building element(s)]. The wall should abut tightly against the outermost roofi ng. If there are only buildings facing one boundary, the above may be disregarded.

For garages, carports, outbuildings, plant and equipment houses for electronic communications networks or services and similar ancillary buildings associated with single-family houses on the same title number, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if provision is made for the risk of spread of fi re be-tween the buildings.

(5.5.2(1)) For single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if external surfaces of external walls consist of no less than class K1 10 D-s2,d2 cladding [class 2 cladding] or alternatively have external surfaces of class D-s2,d2.

External insulation of external walls using insulating materials that are no less than class B-s1,d0 materials [class A materials] should be broken with no less than a class E 30 building element [F 30 building element(s)] for each single-family house.

Re 5.5.3 Spread of fi re to buildings on another plotFor single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if the building is within 2.5 m of a boundary path centreline, if the external wall is no less than a class EI 60 building element [BD 60 building element(s)] and abuts tightly against the outermost roofi ng.

Re 5.6 Emergency services access For single-family houses, the functional requirement is deemed to be satisfi ed if there is a paved road no less than 2.8 m wide that allows the emergency services to drive with their fi re-fi ghting appliances to no more than 40.0 m from each house.


Appendix 6

Calculation of energy demand of buildings (for Part 7)

Power supply to the property The energy performance framework (maximum thermal energy) covers energy supplied to the property for heating, ventilation, hot water, cooling and any lighting.

The Building Act does not apply to matters outside the plot. No account is therefore taken of distribution losses in district heating pipes, conversion losses in CHP plants (combined heat and power) etc., on which the individual build-ing owner has no infl uence. Distribution losses from heating pipes in a shared building are included in the calculations.

Combined energy supplies Most buildings are provided with at least 2 different types of energy supply.

The Danish Energy Authority has decided that when assessing the energy per-formance framework of buildings a factor of 2.5 applies in respect of combin-ing electricity with gas, oil or district heating as appropriate.

Room temperatureAll heated rooms are assumed to be kept at an average monthly temperature of no less than 20°C during all the months of the year. Space heated to between 5 and 15°C can either be regarded as unheated or heated to no less than 20°C. Spaces regarded as unheated are not included in the heated fl oor area.

In rooms with mechanical cooling, a maximum room temperature not exceed-ing 25°C is assumed.

In rooms whose temperature periodically exceeds 26°C, it is assumed that (in terms of keeping the room temperature at a maximum of 26°C) the surplus heat is removed by electrically powered mechanical cooling. This also applies to rooms without mechanical cooling.

It can be advantageous to try to lower excessively high temperatures by such means as mobile external solar screening and possibly by increased venting. In many buildings, this can be done by means of special ventilation windows automatically controlled by the room temperature.


Assumptions used in the calculationsThe energy demand of buildings is calculated using the methodology stipulated in SBi Guidelines 213, “Bygningers energibehov” [Energy demands of build-ings]. Unless other design assumptions can be justifi ed for the project con-cerned, the assumptions stated in SBi Guidelines 213 are used.

Mixed-use buildingsIn mixed-use buildings, for example where the same building accommodates both dwellings and shops, the total heated fl oor area of the building is subdi-vided into building sections with the same use. When establishing the energy performance framework of the building, the same division into building sec-tions with different usages is used.

For mixed-use buildings in which the main usage is at least 80% of the total fl oor area, the usage as a whole is taken to be that main use. For example, a block of fl ats in which shops occupy 15% of the fl oor area is deemed to be a residential property.

ExtensionsIf the energy performance framework is used for extensions, the energy per-formance framework applies to the extension alone. The existing building need thus not comply with the energy performance framework. The energy perform-ance framework for the extension is calculated on the basis of the area of the entire building.

Tall buildings For buildings with high-ceilinged rooms, i.e. buildings with a room height of more than 4.0 m, the energy performance framework can be increased by a supplement. The supplement is allowed, for example, for industrial buildings and sports halls, provided the area of the building envelope divided by the fl oor area exceeds 3.0 m. The supplement is calculated as the difference between the energy performance framework for the building with a notional room height of 2.8 m that complies with the energy performance framework, and the energy effi ciency framework of the building with the actual room height.

Presentation of input data and results The design assumptions and input data used for calculating the energy perform-ance framework must be clearly stated in the calculations.

Specifi cation of input data Calculated input data and relevant input data stated by manufacturers are listed here.


For a number of construction products, the information can be found alongside the CE marking of the material.

For windows, however, the issue is more complex.

Signifi cant development work has resulted in glazing with excellent energy-saving properties. The critical area as far as panes are concerned is now the spacers, but even here, profi les known as ”warm edges” have been developed, reducing the heat losses along the edges. Better sashes and frames have also been developed. However, by no means all manufacturers yet apply all the new options in their production. It is therefore important to ensure that the window manufacturer’s information gives the U-value of the actual windows. Some window manufacturers only give the U-value of the pane, which will typically be signifi cantly higher than the resulting U-value of the window as a whole.

European standards will be introduced in the near future, after which windows must be CE marked after a transition period.

In the meantime, the standard allows for windows to be CE marked on the basis of a window that measures 1.23 x 1.48 m. This solution means that the actual U-values of windows which are smaller than the standard window can be sig-nifi cantly lower. Calculation of the U-value of the window is equally necessary in this case.

For roofl ights, the future standard is expected to include determination of the actual U-value alongside the CE marking, but as the standard is not yet ready, some years may pass before CE marking of roofl ights is compulsory. Therefore, information on the correct U-value of roofl ights based on calculations as per DS 418:2002 is necessary.

Specifi cation of results In addition to the necessary energy supply to the building per m² heated fl oor area, the results of the calculation must include suffi cient information in sup-port of the result. In addition to the demand for supplied energy included in the energy performance framework, the results must show a specifi cation of the calculated power consumption, heat usage and consumption of domestic hot water, including losses from the systems.

In addition, the assumed U-values and linear losses must be stated such that compliance with 8.5 of the Building Regulations can be demonstrated, and the calculated transmission loss through the building envelope, excluding doors and windows, must be stated in the results.


Appendix 7

Certifi cation system 3

The description of certifi cation system 3 in accordance with the Construc-tion Products Directive (Council Directive of 21 December 1988 on the approximation of laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to construction products)

The requirement for national approval of factory-made products for water and drainage systems has been amended such that only products which affect the quality of drinking water are required to have national certifi cation. For the other products which are not yet covered by a technical specifi cation under the Construction Products Directive, a quality assurance system is required to verify compliance with the technical specifi cations which have hitherto been the basis for national certifi cation, whose structure corresponds broadly to that of the Construction Products Directive.

This system consists partly of a prototype test of the product carried out by an accredited laboratory, and partly of the factory’s own production checks.

The factory’s own production checks The manufacturer is thus required to have its own production checking system. These are ongoing internal production checks carried out by the manufacturer. The manufacturer must have systematic documentary evidence of all specifi ed conditions, requirements and provisions for this scheme in a written account of the methods and procedures.

This documentation must demonstrate that the quality assurance system is ap-plied uniformly. The documentation makes it possible to check that the required product specifi cations are achieved, and that the checking system is being im-plemented as intended.

The factory’s production checks combine production technology with the means necessary to maintain and check compliance of the product with the technical specifi cations which apply.

Production checks cover both checking and testing of measuring equipment, raw materials, components used, processes, machines and production equip-ment as well as the fi nished products, including their material properties. Fi-nally, checks cover the use of the results obtained.


Requirements for production checks The manufacturer is responsible for organising the factory’s production check-ing system. Duties and responsibilities under the scheme must be documented, and this documentation must be kept up to date. The manufacturer may delegate the competence to a person who has the necessary authority to:

– organise the procedures that can verify compliance of the product at relevant stages of the process;

– identify and record all cases of non-conformity; – fi nd methods of rectifying cases of non-conformity.

The manufacturer should describe the checking system in detail and keep this documentation up to date. The manufacturer’s documentation and the factory’s control system must be tailored to the product and the manufacturing process.

The reliability of the control systems should be established in relation to the conformity of the product, i.e.:

– the planning of procedures and instructions associated with checking rou-tines in accordance with the requirements of the technical specifi cations;

– effective implementation of procedures and instructions; – a specifi cation of duties, responsibilities and results; – the results must be used to correct discrepancies, make good the effects of

discrepancies and revise the production control system to remove the cause of non-conformity with the technical specifi cation if this proves to be necessary.

Checking covers one or more of the following measures:

– specifi cation and control of the raw materials and parts used; – checking and testing during production, within a pre-determined framework

(checking and testing cover both production of the product and adjustment of production machinery and equipment etc. Checks, tests and their frequency depend on the type and composition of the product, complexity of the pro-duction processes, sensitivity of the properties of the product to variations in production parameters etc.);

– checking and testing of the fi nished products to the extent which may be defi ned in the technical specifi cations, and which are adjusted to the product and the conditions under which it is produced.

If the fi nished products are not checked once on the market, the manufacturer must ensure that packaging, handling and transport are arranged in such a way that the product remains compliant with the technical specifi cation.


The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the necessary calibration of measuring and testing equipment is carried out.

Verifi cationThe manufacturer must be in possession of or have access to the measuring equipment and staff needed for carrying out the requisite verifi cations and testing. The manufacturer can comply with this requirement by making an agreement with one or more companies or individuals who have the necessary knowledge and equipment.

The manufacturer must calibrate or verify and maintain checking, measuring and testing equipment in good, serviceable condition so as to be ready to verify compliance of the product with the technical specifi cation. The equipment must be used in accordance with the provisions or the reference system to which the technical specifi cation refers.

Monitoring of conformity For certain products, it can be appropriate for conformity to be monitored both at the initial stages of production and at the most important stages of the pro-duction phase. This means that only products which have passed the initial checks and tests are allowed further in the production process.

Testing Testing must take place in accordance with a plan and must be carried out in accordance with the methods referred to in the technical specifi cation.

Testing methods must generally be direct methods.

The manufacturer must set up and maintain records which show that tests on the product have taken place. These records must show that the product complies with the defi ned acceptance criteria.

Ensuring conformity If check or test results show that the product does not meet the requirements, the manufacturer must immediately take the necessary measures to bring produc-tion back into compliance.

This may, for example, be the case if the statistical variation of test results ex-ceeds limits permitted by the technical specifi cation.

Products and series of products which do not comply with the technical specifi -


cation must be kept separate, so that they can be identifi ed. When the defect has been corrected, testing and verifi cation may be repeated.

If the product is delivered before the results are known, the manufacturer must have organised a procedure to ensure that the customers are informed in such a way that actions can be taken.

The manufacturer’s records The factory’s own production checks must be well documented by the manu-facturer. A description of the product, date of manufacture, testing methods used, test results and acceptance criteria must be recorded, with the signature of the person who was responsible for the verifi cation.

The manufacturer must also record any corrections made to bring the product into conformity with the requirements of the technical specifi cation. This could, for example, be further testing, changes in the production process, rejection or repair of the product.

Traceability The manufacturer is responsible for maintaining a complete schedule of indi-vidual products or series of products with details of production and properties. The manufacturer must also record to whom the products were fi rst sold.

This information must enable comprehensive identifi cation and tracing of indi-vidual products or series of products. In certain cases, for example when deal-ing with raw materials, this is not always possible.

Index 203Index 203

Index

Access/Accessibility, 3.2general, defi nitions etc., 2.6.3access and facilities for the emergency services, 5.6.1

Access balconiesshared access routes, 3.2.2(1)guarding, 3.2.3(1)

Accreditation schemestructural engineers, Appendix 3

Adjoining plotuse of, 1.12

Administrative provisions, Part 1

Agricultural buildings and propertiessee farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings

Air changesdomestic buildings, 6.3.1.2

Air heating systemsautomatic regulation, 8.2(3)

Air locksguarding, 3.2.3(1)

Air quality, 6.3

Allotment shedsnotice of building works, 1.7(1)limitations in relation to BR, 1.2(2)

Aluminium structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Appeals building project processing, 1.15

Index 204Index 204

Asbestospollution from building materials, 6.3.2.3

Assembly, places of publicusage categories, 5.1.1(1)ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Automatic fi re alarm systemsdefi nition and use, 5.2(8) and 5.4

Automatic sprinkler systemsdefi nition, 5.2(8) and 5.4

Backfl ow protectionplumbing systems, 8.4.2.1(3)

Balconiesoverlooking nuisance, 2.3(2)occupiable areas, 2.6.1(2)guarding, 3.2.3(1)

Basement roomsventilation, 6.3.1.2

Bathrooms and lavatories bathrooms, non-habitable, 3.3.4(5), 3.4.5domestic buildings, 3.3.1(2) and 3.3.2doors, 3.3.3(1)ventilation, 6.3.1.2lavatories, non-habitable, 3.3.4(5), 3.4.4

BBRregistration with, 1.4(1), 1.4(3), 1.6(1), 1.7(3), 1.7(5), 1.9(1), 1.10(1)

Boilersreplacement, 7.4.3(5)

Boundarydistance to buildings, 2.1.1 and 2.3

Index 205Index 205

Building control provisions, Part 2garages, carports and outbuildings, 2.7.6general, defi nitions etc., 2.1 and 2.1.1plot size, 2.2small buildings, 2.7.7

Building elementsthermal insulation, 7.3.2

Building envelopeconstruction of, 4.6(4)

Building materialspollutants from, 6.3.2

Building permit application for, 1.3application, information to BBR, 1.4(1) and 1.4(3)building permit application documentation, 1.4application, documentation, 1.4(4)digital signature, OCES signature, 1.3(3)exemption, application for, 1.4(3)documentation, fi re safety, 1.4(4)documentation, energy consumption, 1.4(4)documentation, indoor climate, 1.4(4)documentation, structures, 1.4(4)preliminary dialogue, 1.8completion notice and occupancy, 1.6issue of, 1.5

Building permit and notice of building worksrelationship with other legislation, 1.11

Building renovationenergy consumption, 7.4.2

Building right, 2.7

Building sitesfi re precautions, 4.7(2)conditions, general, 4.7

Index 206Index 206

Building worksoccupancy without a completion notice, 1.6(3) and (4)requirement for building permit, 1.3with requirement for notice, 1.7without requirement for a building permit and notice, 1.9 and 1.10

Buildingsextent, 2.1.1

Calculationnumber of storeys in buildings, Appendix 1height of buildings, Appendix 1energy demands of buildings, Appendix 6

Canteensusage categories, 5.1.1(1)ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Car parksusage categories, 5.1.1(1) and 5.4(7)

Care homessound conditions, 6.4.2

Carportsdistance to other buildings, building right, 2.7.6notice of building works, 1.7(1)usage categories, 5.1.1(1)building works, occupancy, 1.6(3) and (4)fl oor area, building right, 2.7.6erection, 4.2(8)

CE markingwater and drainage systems, 8.4.1(6)

Central heating boilersmatters relating to location, 8.5.1.4

Certifi cation systemConstruction Products Directive, Appendix 7

Index 207Index 207

Chillersautomatic regulation, 8.2(4)general, defi nitions etc., 8.6.1construction, 8.6.3

Chimneysmaterials, 8.5(2)fl ue pipes, 8.5.3.1(3)small series manufactured chimneys, 8.5.3.4(1)construction and installation, 8.5(1)

CHP plants (combined heat and power)small systems, 8.5.1.2

Coal boilersmatters relating to location, 8.5.1.4(7)

Codes of practicestructures, design, 4.2(2) and (3)

Cold waterwater supply systems, 8.4.2.1(2)

CommencementBuilding Regulations 08, 1.17

Commercial buildingsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)design, layout and fi tting out, 3.4ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Completion noticebuilding works, 1.6

Composite structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Connection to chimneyheating appliances, 8.5.2fi replaces, 8.5.2(2)

Constructionsee also structures

Index 208Index 208

Conversionbath and WC, non-habitable, 3.4.1(6) and 3.4.4(5)domestic buildings, 3.3.1(1)energy consumption, general, defi nitions etc., 7.3.1general, defi nitions etc., 3.1(2)thermal insulation of building elements, 7.3.2heat loss frameworks, 7.3.3

Concrete structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Construction Products Directivecertifi cation system, Appendix 7

Corridors width, domestic buildings, 3.3.4(1)shared access routes, 3.2.2(1)

Covered areaserection, 4.2(8)

Day nurseriesusage categories, 5.1.1(1)ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Daylight, 6.5.2access to, 6.5.2window areas, 6.5.2

Demolitionsnotice of building works, 1.7(1)

Design, layout and fi tting out of buildings, Part 3 and 3.1access and stairs, 3.2.2

Design, structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Dining areasplaces of work, 3.4.3(1) and (2)

Digital signatures, OCES signaturebuilding permit, application, 1.3(3)

Index 209Index 209

Disabled accessaccess and vehicular access, 2.6.3(2)bath and WC, non-habitable, 3.4.4 and 3.4.5user-operated equipment, 4.5

Distribution systemsheating and cooling, 8.2

Domestic buildingsaccess and stairs, 3.2.2habitable rooms, 3.3.1design, layout, fi tting out, 3.3.1sound conditions, 6.4.2furnishing options, 3.3.1(1)

Domestic water systemssupplementary heat source, 8.2(6)

Doorsdoor widths, 3.2.1(3) and 3.3.3escape routes, 5.2(3)shared access routes, 3.2.1(3)regard to people with impaired mobility, 3.2.1(1)

Doors/entrywaysaccess route, 2.6.3(4)

Drainage systems sizing, 8.4.3(3)materials, 8.4.3.2backing-up and overfl ow, 8.4.3.2(3)rainwater systems, 8.4.1(8)

Electric lighting general conditions, 6.5.3

Emergency lightingdefi nition and use, 5.4

Emissions frombuilding materials, 6.3.2

Index 210Index 210

Electrical heatingautomatic regulation, 8.2(3)

Energy consumption, Part 7buildings, change of use, 7.3.1documentation, building permit, 1.4(4)general, defi nitions etc., 7.1minimum thermal insulation, 7.5holiday homes, 7.6U-values of building elements, 7.3.2heat losses, 7.1(2)heat loss frameworks, buildings, change of use, 7.3.3

Energy demand, buildingscalculation of, Appendix 6

Energy performance frameworkdwellings, 7.2.2institutions, offi ces, 7.2.3low energy buildings, 7.2.4.1 new buildings, 7.2.1

Energy supplyenergy performance frameworks, 7.2.1

Escape routes and rescue provisions, 5.2farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings, 5.2(9), (10) and (11)

Escape route lightingdefi nition and use, 5.4

Eurocodesstructures, design, 4.2(3)

Exemptions in relation to the scope of BRsee limitations in relation to the scope of BR

Existing buildingsfl oor area, 2.5(2)

Extensionsenergy consumption, 7.3.1(1)

Index 211Index 211

Extensions and conversionsnotice of building works, 1.7(1)

Farm buildings and agriculture-related buildingsnotice of building works, 1.7(1)usage categories, 5.1.1(1) and 5.4(4), (5) and (6)limitations in relation to the scope of BR, 1.2(3)building right, building heights, 2.7.8(1)design, 4.2(10)escape routes and rescue provisions, 5.2(9), (10) and (11)small-scale extensions, design, 4.2(10)

Fire single-family houses, overall functional requirements, Appendix 5

Fire alarm systemssee automatic fi re alarm systems

Fire extinguishingaccess and facilities for the emergency services, 5.6.1

Fire safety, 5.1

Fire safety installations installation of, 5.4

Fire safety, Part 5documentation, building permit, 1.4(4)ventilation ducts, 8.3(4)

Fireplacesmatters relating to location, 8.5.1.3connection to chimney, 8.5.2 and 8.5.2(2)

Floodingplumbing systems, 8.4.2.3

Floor areahabitable rooms, 3.3.1(5)day nurseries, 3.4.2(2)mezzanines (galleries/sleeping platforms), 3.3.1(8)

Index 212Index 212

Flowdomestic buildings, 6.3.1.2

Flue pipeschimneys, 8.5.3.1(3)

Fly ashpollution from building materials, 6.3.2.5

Formaldehydepollution from building materials, 6.3.2.2

Foundationsgeneral, defi nitions etc., 4.1(3), 4.2(2) and 8.1(1)

Fresh airfresh air supply, 6.3.1.2(1)

Frost-proof depthfoundations, 4.1(3)sewer pipes and drainpipes, 4.1(3)

Furniturespace for, 3.3.1(1)

Garagesdistance to other buildings, building right, 2.7.6notice of building works, 1.7(1)usage categories, 5.1.1(1)building works, occupancy, 1.6(3) and (4)fl oor area, building right, 2.7.6height, building right, 2.7.6erection, 4.2(8)building project processing, 1.13

Glass walls and ceilingsdesign, 4.3(1)

Glazed covered areasdesign, 4.3(1)

Greenhouseserection, 4.2(8)

Index 213Index 213

Guarding balconies, 3.2.3(1)corridors, stairs and ramps, 3.2.3staircases, 3.2.3(1)construction, 3.2.3(2)

Guttersconstruction of, 4.6(4)

Habitable roomsventilation, 6.3.1.2

Heat gainevacuation via escape routes, 5.2(4)

Heat lossbuildings, change of use, 7.3.2energy consumption, 7.1(2)holiday homes, 7.6

Heat loss frameworksfor conversions, 7.4

Heat pumpsgeneral, defi nitions etc., 8.6.1construction, 8.6.3

Heat recoveryventilation systems, 8.3(6)

Heating appliancesbio-fuelled appliances, 8.5.1.6general, defi nitions etc., 8.5.1.1materials, 8.5(2)connection to chimney, 8.5.2construction and installation, 8.5(1)

Heating appliances and chimneys, 8.5

Height and number of storeys, 2.4calculation of, Appendix 1building right, single-family houses and two-family houses, 2.7.3building right, general, defi nitions etc., 2.7.2

Index 214Index 214

Holiday homes building works, occupancy, 1.6(3) and (4)building right, 2.7.4energy consumption, 7.6U-values of building elements, 7.6heat loss, 7.6

Hose reelsdefi nition and use, 5.4

Hot water systemsplumbing systems, 8.4.2.2

Hotels, 3.5usage categories, 5.1.1(1)design, layout and fi tting out of, 8.1(10)parking spaces, 2.6.2(3)disabled access, 3.5sound conditions, 6.4.2ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Hothouses/greenhousesdesign, 4.2(9)

Humidifi cationintake air, 8.3(9)

Indoor climate labellingconstruction products, 6.3.2.1(1)

Indoor climate, Part 6documentation, building permit, 1.4(4)general, defi nitions etc., 6.1(1)

Industrial and warehouse buildingsusage categories, 5.1.1(1) and 5.4(4), (5) and (6)

Institutionsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)area and volume, 3.4.2(2)

Insulationsee also thermal insulation

Index 215Index 215

Ionising radiationpollution from building materials, 6.3.2.1, 6.3.2.5 and 6.3.3.2

Kitchensdomestic buildings, 3.3.1(2)design, layout and fi tting out, 3.3.1(7)sound conditions, 6.4.2construction, 3.3.1(3)ventilation, 6.3.1.2

Lift shaftsventilation, 8.8(2)

Lifts general, defi nitions etc., 8.8(1)regard to people with impaired mobility, 3.2.2(6) conversion, 3.2.2(6)construction, 3.2.2(6)

Lightingindoor climate, 6.5.1Light conditions, 6.5general, defi nitions etc., 6.5.1

Lightweight concrete structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Limitations in relation to the scope of BR, 1.2farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings, 1.2(3)listed buildings, 1.2(4)allotment sheds, 1.2(2)traffi c control systems, power supply installations etc., 1.2(1)

Listed buildingslimitations in relation to the scope of BR, 1.2(4)

Loads for the design of structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Location of buildingsaccess and facilities for the emergency services, 5.6.1

Index 216Index 216

Low energy buildings energy performance frameworks, 7.2.4.1

Low energy performance frameworksdwellings, hotels etc., 7.2.4.1institutions, offi ces etc., 7.2.4.2low energy buildings, 7.2.4.1

Masonry exhaust systemschimneys, 8.5.3.1(1)

Masonry structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Mezzanine platforms (galleries/sleeping platforms)see split-level fl oors

Mineral woolpollution from building materials, 6.3.2.4

Moisture and durability, 4.6

Moisture contentstructures, 4.1(6)

Mould growthstructures, 4.1(6)

Natural ventilationdesign of ventilation, 5.6.2 and 6.3.1.3

Number of storeys, 2.5see also height and number of storeys, determination of, 2.1.1 and 2.5

Nursing homesusage categories, 5.1.1(1)

Occupancybuilding works, 1.6

Occupiable areasbuilding, 2.6.1

Index 217Index 217

Other buildingsseparation distances to, 2.4(2)plot ratio, 2.7.1(1)

Other legislationconditions for building permit etc., 1.11

Outbuildingsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)

Oxides of nitrogenindoor climate, 6.3.3.1

Panic lightingdefi nition and use, 5.4

Parking areas general, defi nitions etc., 2.6.2disabled access, 2.6.2(3)

Penetrations, servicesseveral building sections, 5.5.2(4)

Permanent places of workrequirements for design, layout and fi tting out, 3.4.1(2) and Appendix 2

Playground areasrecreation areas for the building, 2.6.1(3) and (4)playground equipment, design, 4.4

Plot ratio building right, general, defi nitions etc., 2.7.1(1) and Appendix 1building right, plots in exceptional locations, 2.7.9(1)

Plot ratio building permit, 2.1(1)

Plot size, 2.2area, building right, 2.7.5plot ratio, 2.2(2)

Index 218Index 218

Plumbing systems design, 8.4.2.1(1)pollution, 8.4.2.1(5)cold water, 8.4.2.1(2)materials, 8.4.2.4fl ooding, 8.4.2.3technical use, marking, 8.4.2.1(9)non-return valve, 8.4.2.1(3)water metering, 8.4.2.1(8)hot water systems, 8.4.2.2

Portable buildings temporary, thermal insulation, 7.3.1(2)

Radioactivitypollution from building materials, 6.3.2.1, 6.3.2.5 and 6.3.3.2

Radonbuilding design, 4.1(1) and 6.3.3.2indoor climate, 6.3.3.2

Rainwater systemsdrainage systems, 8.4.1(8)promoting re-use, 8.7(1)general, defi nitions etc., 8.7

Rampsshared access routes, 3.2.2(1)entrance landing, 3.2.1(2)

Rescuesee escape routes and rescue provisions

Rescue openingsinstallation of, 5.2(6), (7) and (8)access and facilities for the emergency services 5.6(1)

Riserrequirements for, 5.6.3

Roads distance to buildings, 2.1.1 and 2.3

Index 219Index 219

Roofi ngfi re resistance, 8.5.3.5

Roofs and roofl ightsprotection against treading through, 4.1(4)

Room heightsworking areas, 3.4.2(1)

Refuse chutesfi re safety, 8.7(7)

Refuse roomsfl oors, walls and ceilings, 8.7(4)construction of fi re-resisting unit, 8.7(4)ventilation, 8.7(5)

Roofed-over terraceserection, 4.2(8)

Safety staircaserequirements for, 5.2(8)

Sanctionsbreach of building legislation, 1.16

Scope of the Building Regulationsworking areas, 3.4.1(1)limitations, 1.2defi nition, 1.1

Separation distances boundary, 2.3path, 2.3road, 2.3

Semi-detached housesdesign, 4.2(1)

Services, Part 8distances for combustible materials, 8.1(4)fi tting of, 8.1(9)

Index 220Index 220

fi re, 8.1(2)lifts, 8.8frost, 8.1(7)insulation, 8.1(8)noise level, 6.4.2(3) and 6.4.3surface temperature, 8.1(3)induction loop systems in places of public assembly, 8.1(11)construction, 8.1(1)water and drainage systems, 8.4

Sewer pipes and drainpipesgeneral, defi nitions etc., 4.1(3)

Shaftsseveral building sections, 5.5.2(3)

Shared access routes general, defi nitions etc., 3.2.2ventilation, 6.3.1.2

Shopsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)

Single-family housesfi re, overall functional requirements, Appendix 5

Single-family houses and two-family housesbuilding works, occupancy, 1.6(3) and (4)building right, 2.7.3

Slag from coal burningpollution from building materials, 6.3.2.5

Slurry tanksdesign, 4.2(9)

Small buildings not exceeding 10 m2 building right, 2.7.7

Smoke alarm systemsdefi nition and use, 5.4

Index 221Index 221

Smoke concentrationevacuation via escape routes, 5.2(4)

Smoke venting requirements for, 5.6.2

Solar cell arraysgeneral, defi nitions etc., 8.6.1installation, 8.6.2

Solar heating systemsgeneral, defi nitions etc., 8.6.1installation, 8.6.2

Sound conditionsnoise measurements, 6.4.1noise concepts, 6.4.1teaching rooms, 6.4.3

Split-level fl oors fl oor area, 3.3.1(8)

Spread of fi regeneral, defi nitions etc., 5.1(1)

Spread of fi re and smoke requirements for structure, 5.5same building, 5.5.2same room, 5.5.1adjoining properties, 5.5.3

Sprinkler systemssee automatic sprinkler systems

Staircasesshared access routes, 3.2.2(3)

Standards see codes of practice

Statics Accreditation scheme for structural engineers, Appendix 3

Index 222Index 222

Steel chimneysinjury by contact, 8.5.3.3(1)durability, 8.5.3.3(2)

Steel structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Storage spacekitchens, 3.3.1(3)

Storm porcheswidth, domestic buildings, 3.3.4(1)

Straw-fi red systemsspecial requirements, 8.5.1.6(1)

Structural documentation, Appendix 4

Structural glazing, 4.3(1)

Structures, Part 4design against fi re, 5.3documentation, building permit, 1.4(4)general, defi nitions etc., 4.1(1)

Teaching roomsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)sound conditions, 6.4.3ventilation, 6.3.1.3

Temperature conditions, 6.2evacuation via escape routes, 5.2(4)

Terraced housesdesign, 4.2(1)

Thermal insulationbuildings, change of use, 7.3.2minimum U-values, 7.5see also insulation

Thin-plate steel structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Index 223Index 223

Tightnessstructures, 6.3.3.2 and 6.3.3.3

Timber structurescodes of practice and Eurocodes, 4.2(2) and (3)

Traffi c control systems, power supply installations etc.limitations in relation to the scope of BR, 1.2(1)

Unbuilt area, 2.6

Usage categories fi re, 5.1.1(1)

User-operated equipmentaccess to, 4.5

Utility roomsventilation, 6.3.1.2

U-valuesindividual building elements, 7.3.2(1), 7.5(1) and 7.6(1)

Ventilation, 6.3.1

Ventilation installations farm buildings and agriculture-related buildings, exemptions from require-ments, 8.3(13)power consumption for air movement, 8.3(7)cleaning and maintenance, 8.3(5)heat recovery, 8.3(6)

Ventilation systems, 8.3natural ventilation, 8.3(10)

Volumeworking areas, 3.4.2(1)normal teaching rooms, 3.2.2(2)occupiable rooms in day nurseries, 3.4.2(2)

Warehouse buildingsusage categories, 5.1.1(1)

Index 224Index 224

Warning systemsdefi nition and use, 5.2(8) and 5.4

Water and drainage systems operation and maintenance, 8.4.1(9)general, defi nitions etc., 8.4.1, 8.4.2.1 and 8.4.3.1approval and CE marking, 8.4.1(6)marking and testing, 8.4.1(7) and Appendix 7design, 8.4.1(9)construction, 8.4.1(1)

Washing facilitiesplaces of work, 3.4.5(4)

Wet roomsconstruction of, 4.6(5)

Wind turbinesnotice of building works, 1.7(1)

Windowhabitable rooms and kitchens, 3.3.1(5)dining areas, places of work, 3.4.3(2)overlooking nuisance, 2.3(2)indoor climate, 6.5.2

Window areasdaylight, 6.5.2

Wood-burning stovesmatters relating to location, 8.5.1.3

Working areas, 3.4.2lighting, 6.5.1(1), 6.5.1(2) and 6.5.3(1)ventilation, 6.3.1.1(1)windows, 6.5.2(2)